vbatts/grub
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Releases Wiki Activity

gnulib: Upgrade Gnulib and switch to bootstrap tool

Browse source 
Upgrade Gnulib files to 20190105.

It's much easier to maintain GRUB's use of portability support files
from Gnulib when the process is automatic and driven by a single
configuration file, rather than by maintainers occasionally running
gnulib-tool and committing the result.  Removing these
automatically-copied files from revision control also removes the
temptation to hack the output in ways that are difficult for future
maintainers to follow.  Gnulib includes a "bootstrap" program which is
designed for this.

The canonical way to bootstrap GRUB from revision control is now
"./bootstrap", but "./autogen.sh" is still useful if you just want to
generate the GRUB-specific parts of the build system.

GRUB now requires Autoconf >= 2.63 and Automake >= 1.11, in line with
Gnulib.

Gnulib source code is now placed in grub-core/lib/gnulib/ (which should
not be edited directly), and GRUB's patches are in
grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/.  I've added a few notes to the developer
manual on how to maintain this.

Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This commit is contained in:
Colin Watson 2019-02-27 10:03:55 +00:00 committed by Vincent Batts
parent 4b36a84bb1
commit 4517db3592
262 changed files with 1343 additions and 62879 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

34
.gitignore vendored
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
*~
00_header
10_*
20_linux_xen
@ -6,11 +7,13 @@
41_custom
*.1
*.8
ABOUT-NLS
aclocal.m4
ahci_test
ascii.bitmaps
ascii.h
autom4te.cache
build-aux
build-grub-gen-asciih
build-grub-gen-widthspec
build-grub-mkfont
@ -43,6 +46,7 @@ gentrigtables
gentrigtables.exe
gettext_strings_test
gpt_unit_test
/gnulib
grub-bin2h
/grub-bios-setup
/grub-bios-setup.exe
@ -135,6 +139,7 @@ help_test
*.image.exe
include/grub/cpu
include/grub/machine
INSTALL.grub
install-sh
lib/libgcrypt-grub
libgrub_a_init.c
@ -143,6 +148,7 @@ libgrub_a_init.c
lzocompress_test
*.marker
Makefile
/m4
*.mod
mod-*.c
missing
@ -156,7 +162,11 @@ pata_test
*.pp
po/*.mo
po/grub.pot
po/Makefile.in.in
po/Makevars
po/Makevars.template
po/POTFILES
po/Rules-quot
po/stamp-po
printf_test
priority_queue_unit_test
@ -203,25 +213,7 @@ grub-core/*.module.exe
grub-core/*.pp
grub-core/kernel.img.bin
util/bash-completion.d/grub
grub-core/gnulib/alloca.h
grub-core/gnulib/arg-nonnull.h
grub-core/gnulib/c++defs.h
grub-core/gnulib/charset.alias
grub-core/gnulib/configmake.h
grub-core/gnulib/float.h
grub-core/gnulib/getopt.h
grub-core/gnulib/langinfo.h
grub-core/gnulib/ref-add.sed
grub-core/gnulib/ref-del.sed
grub-core/gnulib/stdio.h
grub-core/gnulib/stdlib.h
grub-core/gnulib/string.h
grub-core/gnulib/strings.h
grub-core/gnulib/sys
grub-core/gnulib/unistd.h
grub-core/gnulib/warn-on-use.h
grub-core/gnulib/wchar.h
grub-core/gnulib/wctype.h
grub-core/lib/gnulib
grub-core/rs_decoder.h
widthspec.bin
widthspec.h
@ -240,10 +232,6 @@ po/POTFILES-shell.in
/grub-render-label
/grub-glue-efi.exe
/grub-render-label.exe
grub-core/gnulib/locale.h
grub-core/gnulib/unitypes.h
grub-core/gnulib/uniwidth.h
build-aux/test-driver
/garbage-gen
/garbage-gen.exe
/grub-fs-tester

223
ABOUT-NLS
View file

@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
1 Notes on the Free Translation Project
***************************************
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is
a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many
languages. A few packages already provide translations for their
messages.
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
this package with messages translated.
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
work on translations can contact the appropriate team.
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
1.1 Quick configuration advice
==============================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
./configure --with-included-gettext
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
included `libintl'.
1.2 INSTALL Matters
===================
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs
they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such
packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to
internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU
`gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained
within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior
installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.
Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing
the default behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
./configure --disable-nls
will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
_totally_ disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use
the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file
`intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is
more recent, you should use
./configure --with-included-gettext
to prevent auto-detection.
The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
1.3 Using This Package
======================
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
all.
You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
locales supported by your system for your language by running the
command `locale -a | grep '^LL''.
Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
This is done through a different environment variable, called
`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian
bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the
transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are
installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended
for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and
older translations are used.
In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
1.4 Translating Teams
=====================
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
area.
If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
coordinator for all translator teams.
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than
programming skills, here.
1.5 Available Packages
======================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of October
2006. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
# Matrix here is removed!
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
dialects.
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If October 2006 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages
===================================
If you are writing a freely available program and want to
internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
the translation teams.

11
INSTALL
View file

@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If you use a development snapshot or want to hack on GRUB you may
need the following.
* Python 2.6 or later
* Autoconf 2.60 or later
* Automake 1.10.1 or later
* Autoconf 2.63 or later
* Automake 1.11 or later
Prerequisites for make-check:
@ -102,10 +102,11 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
2. Skip this and following step if you use release tarball and proceed to
step 4. If you want translations type `./linguas.sh'.
3. Type `./autogen.sh'.
3. Type `./bootstrap'.
* autogen.sh uses python. By default invocation is "python" but can be
overriden by setting variable $PYTHON.
* autogen.sh (called by bootstrap) uses python. By default the
invocation is "python", but it can be overridden by setting the
variable $PYTHON.
4. Type `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might

2
Makefile.am
View file

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects -Wno-portability
DEPDIR = .deps-util
SUBDIRS = grub-core/gnulib .
SUBDIRS = grub-core/lib/gnulib .
if COND_real_platform
SUBDIRS += grub-core
endif

56
Makefile.util.def
View file

@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBLZMA)';
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
cppflags = '-DGRUB_PKGLIBDIR=\"$(pkglibdir)\"';
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM) -lfuse';
condition = COND_GRUB_MOUNT;
};
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(FREETYPE_LIBS)';
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
condition = COND_GRUB_MKFONT;
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
cppflags = '-DGRUB_SETUP_FUNC=grub_util_bios_setup';
};
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
cppflags = '-DGRUB_SETUP_FUNC=grub_util_sparc_setup';
};
@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
condition = COND_HAVE_EXEC;
@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
condition = COND_HAVE_CXX;
};
@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};
@ -1393,6 +1393,6 @@ program = {
ldadd = libgrubmods.a;
ldadd = libgrubgcry.a;
ldadd = libgrubkern.a;
ldadd = grub-core/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = grub-core/lib/gnulib/libgnu.a;
ldadd = '$(LIBINTL) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
};

18
autogen.sh
View file

@ -2,6 +2,11 @@
set -e
if [ ! -e grub-core/lib/gnulib/stdlib.in.h ]; then
echo "Gnulib not yet bootstrapped; run ./bootstrap instead." >&2
exit 1
fi
# Set ${PYTHON} to plain 'python' if not set already
: ${PYTHON:=python}
@ -82,6 +87,17 @@ done
echo "Saving timestamps..."
echo timestamp > stamp-h.in
if [ -z "$FROM_BOOTSTRAP" ]; then
# Unaided autoreconf is likely to install older versions of many files
# than the ones provided by Gnulib, but in most cases this won't matter
# very much. This mode is provided so that you can run ./autogen.sh to
# regenerate the GRUB build system in an unpacked release tarball (perhaps
# after patching it), even on systems that don't have access to
# gnulib.git.
echo "Running autoreconf..."
autoreconf -vi
cp -a INSTALL INSTALL.grub
autoreconf -vif
mv INSTALL.grub INSTALL
fi
exit 0

1073
bootstrap Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

90
bootstrap.conf Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
# Bootstrap configuration.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
GNULIB_REVISION=d271f868a8df9bbec29049d01e056481b7a1a263
# gnulib modules used by this package.
# mbswidth is used by gnulib-fix-width.diff's changes to argp rather than
# directly.
gnulib_modules="
argp
error
fnmatch
getdelim
getline
gettext-h
gitlog-to-changelog
mbswidth
progname
realloc-gnu
regex
"
gnulib_tool_option_extras="\
--no-conditional-dependencies \
--no-vc-files \
"
gnulib_name=libgnu
source_base=grub-core/lib/gnulib
gnulib_extra_files="
build-aux/install-sh
build-aux/mdate-sh
build-aux/texinfo.tex
build-aux/depcomp
build-aux/config.guess
build-aux/config.sub
"
# Additional xgettext options to use. Use "\\\newline" to break lines.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS=$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS'\\\
--from-code=UTF-8\\\
'
checkout_only_file=
copy=true
vc_ignore=
SKIP_PO=t
# Build prerequisites
buildreq="\
autoconf 2.63
automake 1.11
gettext 0.18.3
git 1.5.5
tar -
"
# bootstrap doesn't give us a reasonable way to stop Automake from
# overwriting this, so we just copy our version aside and put it back later.
cp -a INSTALL INSTALL.grub
bootstrap_post_import_hook () {
set -e
for patchname in fix-null-deref fix-width no-abort; do
patch -d grub-core/lib/gnulib -p2 \
< "grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/$patchname.patch"
done
FROM_BOOTSTRAP=1 ./autogen.sh
set +e # bootstrap expects this
}
bootstrap_epilogue () {
mv INSTALL.grub INSTALL
}

690
build-aux/config.rpath
View file

@ -1,690 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
nagfor*)
wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
wl=
;;
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
case "$host_os" in
freebsd[123]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
esac
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
haiku*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
tpf*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

432
build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
View file

@ -1,432 +0,0 @@
eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" ${1+"$@"}'
& eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
my $VERSION = '2012-07-29 06:11'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # http://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS]
Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS
are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to
$ME, they may be preceded by '--'.
OPTIONS:
--amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that
makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata.
--append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if
there is no other punctuation or blank at the end.
--no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author
header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages
if their headers are the same and neither commit message
contains multiple paragraphs.
--srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/
directory can be derived.
--since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
the default is to convert all log entries.
--format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
the default is '%s%n%b%n'
--strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines.
--strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick";
this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line,
and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph.
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EXAMPLE:
$ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog
$ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
SPECIAL SYNTAX:
The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output.
Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
assignment.
Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
List the specified name and email address on a second
ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
These lines are simply elided.
In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or
more blank line.
Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
# fix typo in title:
s/all tile types/all file types/
1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@":
s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>,
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
sub shell_quote($)
{
my ($s) = @_;
if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
{
# Convert each single quote to '\''
$s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
# Then single quote the string.
$s = "'$s'";
}
return $s;
}
sub quoted_cmd(@)
{
return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
}
# Parse file F.
# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
sub parse_amend_file($)
{
my ($f) = @_;
open F, '<', $f
or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
my $fail;
my $h = {};
my $in_code = 0;
my $sha;
while (defined (my $line = <F>))
{
$line =~ /^\#/
and next;
chomp $line;
$line eq ''
and $in_code = 0, next;
if (!$in_code)
{
$line =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{40})$/
or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
$sha = lc $1;
$in_code = 1;
exists $h->{$sha}
and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
}
else
{
$h->{$sha} ||= '';
$h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
}
}
close F;
$fail
and exit 1;
return $h;
}
# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
#
# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
sub git_dir_option($)
{
my ($srcdir) = @_;
my @res = ();
if (defined $srcdir)
{
my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
defined $git_dir
or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
$? == 0
or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
chomp $git_dir;
push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
}
@res;
}
{
my $since_date;
my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
my $amend_file;
my $append_dot = 0;
my $cluster = 1;
my $strip_tab = 0;
my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
my $srcdir;
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
'since=s' => \$since_date,
'format=s' => \$format_string,
'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
'cluster!' => \$cluster,
'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
) or usage 1;
defined $since_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
# This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
# that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
my @cmd = ('git',
git_dir_option $srcdir,
qw(log --log-size),
'--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
. "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
my $prev_multi_paragraph;
my $prev_date_line = '';
my @prev_coauthors = ();
while (1)
{
defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
my $log_nbytes = $1;
my $log;
my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
$n_read == $log_nbytes
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
# Extract leading hash.
my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
defined $sha
or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
$sha =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{40}$/
or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
# If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
if (defined $code)
{
eval 'use Safe';
my $s = new Safe;
# Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
$_ = $rest;
# Let $code operate on it, safely.
my $r = $s->reval("$code")
or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
# Note that we've used this entry.
delete $amend_code->{$sha};
# Update $rest upon success.
$rest = $_;
}
# Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
if ($strip_cherry_pick)
{
$rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
$rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
}
my @line = split "\n", $rest;
my $author_line = shift @line;
defined $author_line
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
$author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
. "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
# Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
# `(tiny change)' annotation.
my $tiny = (grep (/^Copyright-paperwork-exempt:\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
? ' (tiny change)' : '');
my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
strftime ("%F", localtime ($1)), $2;
my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
# Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
@line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
|Co-authored-by:[ ]
|Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
)/x, @line;
# Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
if (@line)
{
while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
# Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
# standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
for (@coauthors)
{
s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
s/\s*</ </;
/<.*?@.*\..*>/
or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
. substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
}
# If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
# would be different from the previous date/name/email/coauthors header,
# or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
# then print the header.
if ( ! $cluster
|| $date_line ne $prev_date_line
|| "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
|| $multi_paragraph
|| $prev_multi_paragraph)
{
$prev_date_line eq ''
or print "\n";
print $date_line;
@coauthors
and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
}
$prev_date_line = $date_line;
@prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
$prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
# If there were any lines
if (@line == 0)
{
warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n";
}
else
{
if ($append_dot)
{
# If the first line of the message has enough room, then
if (length $line[0] < 72)
{
# append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
# at the end.
$line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
or $line[0] .= '.';
}
}
# Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
$strip_tab
and map { s/^\t// } @line;
# Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
@line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
}
defined ($in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in ne "\n"
and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
}
close PIPE
or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
# FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
# Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
my $fail = 0;
foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
{
warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
$fail = 1;
}
exit $fail;
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:

10
build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h
View file

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
#if !defined _Noreturn && __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

26
build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif

271
build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h
View file

@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
*/
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
rettype (*const func) parameters = \
reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func); \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
*/
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* If we were to write
rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static rettype (*func) parameters = \
reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static rettype (*func) parameters = \
reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>( \
(rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */

109
build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h
View file

@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration
for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing
the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if
supported by the compiler. If the compiler does not support this
feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration.
This macro is useful for marking a function as a potential
portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include
instructions on the replacement function that should be used
instead. However, one of the reasons that a function is a
portability trap is if it has the wrong signature. Declaring
FUNCTION with a different signature in C is a compilation error, so
this macro must use the same type as any existing declaration so
that programs that avoid the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to
compile merely because they included a header that poisoned the
function. But this implies that _GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to
use if FUNCTION is known to already have a declaration. Use of
this macro implies that there must not be any other macro hiding
the declaration of FUNCTION; but undefining FUNCTION first is part
of the poisoning process anyway (although for symbols that are
provided only via a macro, the result is a compilation error rather
than a warning containing "literal string"). Also note that in
C++, it is only safe to use if FUNCTION has no overloads.
For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by:
- adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]],
[getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines
HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
- adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>:
#undef getline
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but"
"not universally present; use the gnulib module getline");
#endif
It is not possible to directly poison global variables. But it is
possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that
(less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error
rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
static char ***rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
# undef environ
# define environ (*rpl_environ ())
#endif
*/
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
extern __typeof__ (function) function
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
and attributes.
This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
not work in this case. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
__attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
/* Verify the existence of the function. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
# else /* Unsupported. */
# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
# if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
# else
# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
# endif
#endif

4
conf/Makefile.common
View file

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ platformdir = $(pkglibdir)/$(target_cpu)-$(platform)
starfielddir = $(pkgdatadir)/themes/starfield
CFLAGS_GNULIB = -Wno-undef -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-unused -Wno-unused-parameter -Wno-redundant-decls -Wno-unreachable-code -Wno-conversion
CPPFLAGS_GNULIB = -I$(top_builddir)/grub-core/gnulib -I$(top_srcdir)/grub-core/gnulib
CPPFLAGS_GNULIB = -I$(top_builddir)/grub-core/lib/gnulib -I$(top_srcdir)/grub-core/lib/gnulib
CFLAGS_POSIX = -fno-builtin
CPPFLAGS_POSIX = -I$(top_srcdir)/grub-core/lib/posix_wrap
@ -133,6 +133,6 @@ $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.util.am: $(top_srcdir)/gentpl.py $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.u
.PRECIOUS: $(top_srcdir)/grub-core/Makefile.core.am
$(top_srcdir)/grub-core/Makefile.core.am: $(top_srcdir)/gentpl.py $(top_srcdir)/grub-core/Makefile.core.def $(top_srcdir)/grub-core/Makefile.gcry.def
if [ "x$$GRUB_CONTRIB" != x ]; then echo "You need to run ./autogen.sh manually." >&2; exit 1; fi
if [ "x$$GRUB_CONTRIB" != x ]; then echo "You need to run ./bootstrap manually." >&2; exit 1; fi
$(PYTHON) $^ > $@.new || (rm -f $@.new; exit 1)
mv $@.new $@

7
conf/Makefile.extra-dist
View file

@ -28,10 +28,9 @@ EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/gensymlist.sh
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/genemuinit.sh
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/genemuinitheader.sh
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/gnulib-fix-null-deref.diff
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/gnulib-fix-width.diff
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/gnulib-no-abort.diff
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/gnulib-no-gets.diff
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/fix-null-deref.patch
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/fix-width.patch
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/no-abort.patch
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/lib/libgcrypt
EXTRA_DIST += grub-core/lib/libgcrypt-grub/mpi/generic

7
configure.ac
View file

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ save_program_prefix="${program_prefix}"
AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
program_prefix="${save_program_prefix}"
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.10.1])
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11])
AC_PREREQ(2.63)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([include/grub/dl.h])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config-util.h])
@ -362,6 +362,7 @@ AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_CXX, $CXX, yes, no)
AC_GNU_SOURCE
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18.3])
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
# Identify characteristics of the host architecture.
@ -2014,7 +2015,7 @@ fi
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([grub-core/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([grub-core/gnulib/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([grub-core/lib/gnulib/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([po/Makefile.in])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([docs/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([util/bash-completion.d/Makefile])

32
docs/grub-dev.texi
View file

@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
* Coding style::
* Finding your way around::
* Contributing Changes::
* Updating External Code::
* Porting::
* Error Handling::
* Stack and heap size::
@ -466,6 +467,35 @@ If your intention is to just get started, please do not submit a inclusion
request. Instead, please subscribe to the mailing list, and communicate first
(e.g. sending a patch, asking a question, commenting on another message...).
@node Updating External Code
@chapter Updating external code
GRUB includes some code from other projects, and it is sometimes necessary
to update it.
@menu
* Gnulib::
@end menu
@node Gnulib
@section Gnulib
Gnulib is a source code library that provides basic functionality to
programs and libraries. Many software packages make use of Gnulib
to avoid reinventing the portability wheel.
GRUB imports Gnulib using its @command{bootstrap} utility, identifying a
particular Git commit in @file{bootstrap.conf}. To upgrade to a new Gnulib
commit, set @code{GNULIB_REVISION} in @file{bootstrap.conf} to the new commit
ID, then run @kbd{./bootstrap} and whatever else you need to make sure it
works. Check for changes to Gnulib's @file{NEWS} file between the old and new
commits; in some cases it will be necessary to adjust GRUB to match. You may
also need to update the patches in @file{grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/}.
To add a new Gnulib module or remove one that is no longer needed, change
@code{gnulib_modules} in @file{bootstrap.conf}. Again, run @kbd{./bootstrap}
and whatever else you need to make sure it works.
@node Porting
@chapter Porting
@ -672,7 +702,7 @@ is already present and you'll need to make it follow the existant code paths
for your platform adding adjustments if necessary. When done compile:
@example
./autogen.sh
./bootstrap
./configure --target=$cpu --with-platform=$platform TARGET_CC=.. OBJCOPY=... STRIP=...
make > /dev/null
@end example

6
grub-core/Makefile.core.def
View file

@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ program = {
ldadd = 'kernel.exec$(EXEEXT)';
ldadd = '$(MODULE_FILES)';
ldadd = 'gnulib/libgnu.a $(LIBINTL) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBSDL) $(LIBUSB) $(LIBPCIACCESS) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
ldadd = 'lib/gnulib/libgnu.a $(LIBINTL) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBSDL) $(LIBUSB) $(LIBPCIACCESS) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
enable = emu;
};
@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ program = {
emu_nodist = symlist.c;
ldadd = 'kernel.exec$(EXEEXT)';
ldadd = 'gnulib/libgnu.a $(LIBINTL) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBSDL) $(LIBUSB) $(LIBPCIACCESS) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
ldadd = 'lib/gnulib/libgnu.a $(LIBINTL) $(LIBUTIL) $(LIBSDL) $(LIBUSB) $(LIBPCIACCESS) $(LIBDEVMAPPER) $(LIBZFS) $(LIBNVPAIR) $(LIBGEOM)';
enable = emu;
};
@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ module = {
name = regexp;
common = commands/regexp.c;
common = commands/wildcard.c;
common = gnulib/regex.c;
common = lib/gnulib/regex.c;
cflags = '$(CFLAGS_POSIX) $(CFLAGS_GNULIB)';
cppflags = '$(CPPFLAGS_POSIX) $(CPPFLAGS_GNULIB)';
};

14
grub-core/gnulib-fix-gcc7-fallthrough.diff
View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
diff --git grub-core/gnulib/regexec.c grub-core/gnulib/regexec.c
index f632cd4..a7776f0 100644
--- grub-core/gnulib/regexec.c
+++ grub-core/gnulib/regexec.c
@@ -4099,6 +4099,9 @@ check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node,
case OP_UTF8_PERIOD:
if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS)
return false;
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 7
+ __attribute__ ((fallthrough));
+#endif
/* FALLTHROUGH */
#endif
case OP_PERIOD:

30
grub-core/gnulib-no-abort.diff
View file

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
=== modified file 'grub-core/gnulib/regcomp.c'
--- grub-core/gnulib/regcomp.c 2010-09-20 10:35:33 +0000
+++ grub-core/gnulib/regcomp.c 2012-03-10 11:31:42 +0000
@@ -549,13 +549,9 @@ regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *_R
if (BE (errcode < 0
|| errcode >= (int) (sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx)
/ sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx[0])), 0))
- /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
- to this routine. If we are given anything else, or if other regex
- code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
- Dump core so we can fix it. */
- abort ();
-
- msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+ msg = gettext ("unknown regexp error");
+ else
+ msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null. */
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@
}
break;
default:
- abort ();
+ break;
}
if (mb_chars || has_period)

10
grub-core/gnulib-no-gets.diff
View file

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
--- /tmp/x.diff 2013-04-11 16:51:42.777873536 +0200
+++ grub-core/gnulib/stdio.in.h 2013-04-11 16:51:49.917873298 +0200
@@ -700,7 +700,6 @@
removed it. */
#undef gets
#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETS
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gets, "gets is a security hole - use fgets instead");
#endif

1747
grub-core/gnulib/Makefile.am
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

478
grub-core/gnulib/alloca.c
View file

@ -1,478 +0,0 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC 2 */

63
grub-core/gnulib/alloca.in.h
View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

34
grub-core/gnulib/argp-ba.c
View file

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like "Report bugs to
ADDR." */
const char *argp_program_bug_address
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

30
grub-core/gnulib/argp-eexst.c
View file

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
Copyright (C) 1997, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sysexits.h>
#include "argp.h"
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

488
grub-core/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c
View file

@ -1,488 +0,0 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#include "mbswidth.h"
#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#ifndef isblank
#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
#endif
#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
argp_fmtstream_t
__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
{
argp_fmtstream_t fs;
fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
if (fs != NULL)
{
fs->stream = stream;
fs->lmargin = lmargin;
fs->rmargin = rmargin;
fs->wmargin = wmargin;
fs->point_col = 0;
fs->point_offs = 0;
fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
if (! fs->buf)
{
free (fs);
fs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
}
}
return fs;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
#endif
#endif
/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
void
__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
if (fs->p > fs->buf)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
}
free (fs->buf);
free (fs);
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
#endif
#endif
/* Return the pointer to the first character that doesn't fit in l columns. */
static inline const ptrdiff_t
add_width (const char *ptr, const char *end, size_t l)
{
mbstate_t ps;
const char *ptr0 = ptr;
memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (ps));
while (ptr < end)
{
wchar_t wc;
size_t s, k;
s = mbrtowc (&wc, ptr, end - ptr, &ps);
if (s == (size_t) -1)
break;
if (s == (size_t) -2)
{
if (1 >= l)
break;
l--;
ptr++;
continue;
}
if (wc == '\e' && ptr + 3 < end
&& ptr[1] == '[' && (ptr[2] == '0' || ptr[2] == '1')
&& ptr[3] == 'm')
{
ptr += 4;
continue;
}
k = wcwidth (wc);
if (k >= l)
break;
l -= k;
ptr += s;
}
return ptr - ptr0;
}
/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
void
__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
char *buf, *nl;
size_t len;
/* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
while (buf < fs->p)
{
size_t r;
if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
{
/* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
{
/* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
}
else
{
/* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
}
}
fs->point_col = pad;
}
len = fs->p - buf;
nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
if (fs->point_col < 0)
fs->point_col = 0;
if (!nl)
{
size_t display_width = mbsnwidth (buf, fs->p - buf, MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL);
/* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
if (fs->point_col + display_width < fs->rmargin)
{
/* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
characters to be written and stop scanning. */
fs->point_col += display_width;
break;
}
else
/* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
the end of the buffer. */
nl = fs->p;
}
else
{
size_t display_width = mbsnwidth (buf, nl - buf, MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL);
if (display_width < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
{
/* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
}
/* This line is too long. */
r = fs->rmargin - 1;
if (fs->wmargin < 0)
{
/* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
if (nl < fs->p)
{
memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
/* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
}
else
{
/* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
fs->point_col += len;
fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
Then insert a line break. */
char *p, *nextline;
int i;
p = buf + add_width (buf, fs->p, (r + 1 - fs->point_col));
while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p))
--p;
nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
if (nextline > buf)
{
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
if (p >= buf)
do
--p;
while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
}
else
{
/* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
p = buf + add_width (buf, fs->p, (r + 1 - fs->point_col));
/* Find the end of the long word. */
if (p < nl)
do
++p;
while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
if (p == nl)
{
/* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
nl = p;
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
do
++p;
while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
/* The next line will start here. */
nextline = p;
}
/* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
: nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
&& fs->p > nextline)
{
/* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
if (mbsnwidth (fs->p, fs->end - fs->p, MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL)
> fs->wmargin + 1)
/* Make some space for them. */
{
size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
len = nextline + mv - buf;
*nl++ = '\n';
}
else
/* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
if (nl > fs->buf)
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
#endif
len += buf - fs->buf;
nl = buf = fs->buf;
}
}
else
/* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
the next word. */
*nl++ = '\n';
if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
|| (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
/* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
*nl++ = ' ';
else
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
/* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
position. */
if (nl < nextline)
memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
len -= nextline - buf;
/* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
buf = nl;
/* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
fs->p = nl + len;
/* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
}
}
/* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
}
/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
int
__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
{
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
{
ssize_t wrote;
/* Flush FS's buffer. */
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
#else
wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->point_offs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p -= wrote;
fs->point_offs -= wrote;
memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
return 0;
}
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
/* Gotta grow the buffer. */
{
size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
char *new_buf;
if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return 0;
}
fs->buf = new_buf;
fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
fs->p = fs->buf;
}
}
return 1;
}
ssize_t
__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int out;
size_t avail;
size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
do
{
va_list args;
if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
return -1;
va_start (args, fmt);
avail = fs->end - fs->p;
out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
if ((size_t) out >= avail)
size_guess = out + 1;
}
while ((size_t) out >= avail);
fs->p += out;
return out;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

359
grub-core/gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h
View file

@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
shouldn't be installed. */
#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
|| (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#endif
#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
*slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
#include <linewrap.h>
typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
struct argp_fmtstream
{
FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
/* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
size_t point_offs;
/* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
ssize_t point_col;
char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
};
typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
#if _LIBC
extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
#endif
/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#if _LIBC
/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
#endif
/* Internal routines. */
extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
#if !_LIBC || defined __OPTIMIZE__
/* Inline versions of above routines. */
#if !_LIBC
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
# define ARGP_FS_EI _GL_INLINE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99
implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)).
All in all, these are the possible combinations. For every compiler,
we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell
contains an "ok".
\ ARGP_FS_EI inline extern extern
\ inline inline
CC \ __attribute__
((gnu_inline))
gcc 4.3.0 error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 ok error ok
gcc 4.2.2 error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 error warning ok
gcc 4.1.2 error ok warning
gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99 ok error warning
*/
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2)
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# endif
#endif
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len)
{
if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
{
memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
__fs->p += __len;
return __len;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
{
size_t __len = strlen (__str);
if (__len)
{
size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
{
if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
else
return EOF;
}
/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->lmargin;
__fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->rmargin;
__fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->wmargin;
__fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
{
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
}
#if !_LIBC
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif
#endif /* !_LIBC || __OPTIMIZE__ */
#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

46
grub-core/gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c
View file

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define ARGP_FS_EI
#else
# define ARGP_FS_EI _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#endif
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
#endif
#endif

1960
grub-core/gnulib/argp-help.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

157
grub-core/gnulib/argp-namefrob.h
View file

@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if !_LIBC
/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
names to be the normal ones instead. */
/* argp-parse functions */
#undef __argp_parse
#define __argp_parse argp_parse
#undef __option_is_end
#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
#undef __option_is_short
#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
#undef __argp_input
#define __argp_input _argp_input
/* argp-help functions */
#undef __argp_help
#define __argp_help argp_help
#undef __argp_error
#define __argp_error argp_error
#undef __argp_failure
#define __argp_failure argp_failure
#undef __argp_state_help
#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
#undef __argp_usage
#define __argp_usage argp_usage
/* argp-fmtstream functions */
#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* normal libc functions we call */
#undef __flockfile
#define __flockfile flockfile
#undef __funlockfile
#define __funlockfile funlockfile
#undef __mempcpy
#define __mempcpy mempcpy
#undef __sleep
#define __sleep sleep
#undef __strcasecmp
#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
#undef __strchrnul
#define __strchrnul strchrnul
#undef __strerror_r
#define __strerror_r strerror_r
#undef __strndup
#define __strndup strndup
#undef __vsnprintf
#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
#endif
#endif /* !_LIBC */
#ifndef __set_errno
# define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg);
#else
# include "dirname.h"
# define __argp_base_name last_component
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
#else
extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
#endif

953
grub-core/gnulib/argp-parse.c
View file

@ -1,953 +0,0 @@
/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt
Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stdalign.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <getopt_int.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#include "argp.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
/* Getopt return values. */
#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
as options. */
#define QUOTE "--"
/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
/* Default options. */
/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
it to 0 yourself. */
static volatile int _argp_hang;
#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
#define OPT_USAGE -3
#define OPT_HANG -4
static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
{
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
{"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
{"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case '?':
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case OPT_USAGE:
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = arg;
#endif
/* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
__PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
/* Update what we use for messages. */
state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
#endif
if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
== ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* Update what getopt uses too. */
state->argv[0] = arg;
break;
case OPT_HANG:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
__sleep (1);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
{argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
{
{"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case 'V':
if (argp_program_version_hook)
(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
else if (argp_program_version)
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
else
__argp_error (state, "%s",
dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
"(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
exit (0);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
{argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
NAME will return the number of options. */
static int
find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
{
struct option *l = long_options;
while (l->name != NULL)
if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
return l - long_options;
else
l++;
if (name == NULL)
return l - long_options;
else
return -1;
}
/* The state of a "group" during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
level argp passed to argp_parse. */
struct group
{
/* This group's parsing function. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* Which argp this group is from. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
particular short options is from. */
char *short_end;
/* The number of non-option args successfully handled by this parser. */
unsigned args_processed;
/* This group's parser's parent's group. */
struct group *parent;
unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
/* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
calling this group's parser. */
void *input, **child_inputs;
void *hook;
};
/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
static error_t
group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
{
if (group->parser)
{
error_t err;
state->hook = group->hook;
state->input = group->input;
state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
group->hook = state->hook;
return err;
}
else
return EBADKEY;
}
struct parser
{
const struct argp *argp;
/* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
groups of options. */
char *short_opts;
/* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
all the groups of options. */
struct option *long_opts;
/* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
struct _getopt_data opt_data;
/* States of the various parsing groups. */
struct group *groups;
/* The end of the GROUPS array. */
struct group *egroup;
/* A vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
void **child_inputs;
/* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
int try_getopt;
/* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
struct argp_state state;
/* Memory used by this parser. */
void *storage;
};
/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
convert_options. */
struct parser_convert_state
{
struct parser *parser;
char *short_end;
struct option *long_end;
void **child_inputs_end;
};
/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
static struct group *
convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
{
/* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
if (real || argp->parser)
{
const struct argp_option *opt;
if (real)
for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
{
if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
/* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
real = opt;
if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
/* A real option (not just documentation). */
{
if (__option_is_short (opt))
/* OPT can be used as a short option. */
{
*cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
if (real->arg)
{
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
}
*cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
}
if (opt->name
&& find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
/* OPT can be used as a long option. */
{
cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
cvt->long_end->has_arg =
(real->arg
? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
? optional_argument
: required_argument)
: no_argument);
cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
/* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
values (which is removed before we actually call
the function to parse the value); this means that
the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
however)... */
cvt->long_end->val =
((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
/* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
(++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
}
}
}
group->parser = argp->parser;
group->argp = argp;
group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
group->args_processed = 0;
group->parent = parent;
group->parent_index = parent_index;
group->input = 0;
group->hook = 0;
group->child_inputs = 0;
if (children)
/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
{
unsigned num_children = 0;
while (children[num_children].argp)
num_children++;
group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
}
parent = group++;
}
else
parent = 0;
if (children)
{
unsigned index = 0;
while (children->argp)
group =
convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
}
return group;
}
/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropriately prefixed. */
static void
parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
{
struct parser_convert_state cvt;
cvt.parser = parser;
cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
*cvt.short_end++ = '-';
else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
*cvt.short_end++ = '+';
*cvt.short_end = '\0';
cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
parser->argp = argp;
if (argp)
parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
else
parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
}
/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
struct parser_sizes
{
size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
};
/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
long-options array, respectively. */
static void
calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
{
const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
if (opt || argp->parser)
{
szs->num_groups++;
if (opt)
{
int num_opts = 0;
while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
num_opts++;
szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 ':'s */
szs->long_len += num_opts;
}
}
if (child)
while (child->argp)
{
calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
szs->num_child_inputs++;
}
}
/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
static error_t
parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
{
error_t err = 0;
struct group *group;
struct parser_sizes szs;
struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
char *storage;
size_t glen, gsum;
size_t clen, csum;
size_t llen, lsum;
size_t slen, ssum;
szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
szs.long_len = 0;
szs.num_groups = 0;
szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
if (argp)
calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
/* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
slen = szs.short_len + 1;
/* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
strictly as char. */
gsum = glen;
csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
lsum = csum + llen;
ssum = lsum + slen;
parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
if (! parser->storage)
return ENOMEM;
storage = parser->storage;
parser->groups = parser->storage;
parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
parser->opt_data = opt_data;
memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
parser->state.argc = argc;
parser->state.argv = argv;
parser->state.flags = flags;
parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
parser->state.pstate = parser;
parser->try_getopt = 1;
/* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
values to child parsers. */
if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
parser->groups->input = input;
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
group++)
{
if (group->parent)
/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
if (!group->parser
&& group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
}
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
if (err)
return err;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
{
parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
}
else
parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
/* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
else
parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
return 0;
}
/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
static error_t
parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
{
struct group *group;
if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
/* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
err = 0;
if (! err)
{
if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
/* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
just a few more times... */
{
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group++)
if (group->args_processed == 0)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
if (end_index)
*end_index = parser->state.next;
}
else if (end_index)
/* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
*end_index = parser->state.next;
else
/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
{
if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
&& parser->state.err_stream)
fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
"%s: Too many arguments\n"),
parser->state.name);
err = EBADKEY;
}
}
/* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
to indicate which one. */
if (err)
{
/* Maybe print an error message. */
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
been printed earlier. */
__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
/* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
}
else
/* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
{
/* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
the parent. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1
; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
; group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
}
/* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = EINVAL;
free (parser->storage);
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
consumed. */
static error_t
parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
{
/* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
int index = --parser->state.next;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
struct group *group;
int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
/* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
for (group = parser->groups
; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
; group++)
{
parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
{
parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
}
}
if (! err)
{
if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
consumed. */
parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
if (parser->state.next > index)
/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
the clock back. */
(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
else
/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
parser->try_getopt = 1;
}
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
current position, returning any error. */
static error_t
parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
{
/* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
group_number + 1 for long opts. */
int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
if (group_key == 0)
/* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
determine which group OPT came from. */
{
struct group *group;
char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
if (short_index)
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->short_end > short_index)
{
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
break;
}
}
else
/* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
err =
group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
(opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
with each option. */
{
static const char bad_key_err[] =
N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
if (group_key == 0)
__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
else
{
struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
long_opt++;
__argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
}
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
generally not fatal). */
static error_t
parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
{
int opt;
error_t err = 0;
if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
/* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
region, so pretend we never saw the quoting "--", and give getopt
another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
process it again. */
parser->state.quoted = 0;
if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
/* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
{
/* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
else
opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
/* And see what getopt did. */
parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
if (opt == KEY_END)
/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
{
parser->try_getopt = 0;
if (parser->state.next > 1
&& strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
== 0)
/* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
"quoted" region, which may have args that *look* like
options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
here, whatever happens. */
parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
}
else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 0;
return EBADKEY;
}
}
else
opt = KEY_END;
if (opt == KEY_END)
{
/* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
/* Indicate that we're done. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 1;
return EBADKEY;
}
else
/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
{
opt = KEY_ARG;
parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
}
}
if (opt == KEY_ARG)
/* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
else
err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
*arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
return err;
}
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
error_t
__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
int *end_index, void *input)
{
error_t err;
struct parser parser;
/* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
int arg_ebadkey = 0;
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
{
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
if (!program_invocation_name)
program_invocation_name = argv[0];
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
if (!program_invocation_short_name)
program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
#endif
}
#endif
if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
/* Add our own options. */
{
struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
/* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
argps. */
memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
top_argp->children = child;
memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
if (argp)
(child++)->argp = argp;
(child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
child->argp = 0;
argp = top_argp;
}
/* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
if (! err)
/* Parse! */
{
while (! err)
err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
}
return err;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
void *
__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
{
if (state && state->pstate)
{
struct group *group;
struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->argp == argp)
return group->input;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
#endif

26
grub-core/gnulib/argp-pin.c
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* Full and short program names for argp module
Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
char *program_invocation_name = 0;
#endif

34
grub-core/gnulib/argp-pv.c
View file

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
const char *argp_program_version
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

31
grub-core/gnulib/argp-pvh.c
View file

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "argp.h"
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

46
grub-core/gnulib/argp-xinl.c
View file

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define ARGP_EI
#else
# define ARGP_EI _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#endif
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp.h"
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
#endif

650
grub-core/gnulib/argp.h
View file

@ -1,650 +0,0 @@
/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ARGP_H
#define _ARGP_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define __need_error_t
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __THROW
# define __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __NTH
# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
#endif
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __error_t_defined
typedef int error_t;
# define __error_t_defined
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
struct argp_option
{
/* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
const char *name;
/* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
also accepted as a short option. */
int key;
/* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
const char *arg;
/* OPTION_ flags. */
int flags;
/* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a ':'.
Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
it into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
options such as --help are put into group -1. */
int group;
};
/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no '--'
prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not '-', this
entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
'-') in the same group. */
#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
/* This option shouldn't be included in "long" usage messages (but is still
included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the '-x' option's purpose is to
distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
of option name. */
#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
struct argp_state; /* " */
struct argp_child; /* " */
/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
struct argp_state *state);
/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
uppercased word should be prefixed by 'ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
with an error message if not).
If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
processed again. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
consumed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
arguments can take place). */
#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
still arguments remaining). */
#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
struct argp
{
/* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
const struct argp_option *options;
/* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
is only used by argp_usage to print the "Usage:" message. If it
contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
the first are prefix by " or: " instead of "Usage:"). */
const char *args_doc;
/* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
'\v' character).
Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
own. */
const struct argp_child *children;
/* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
meaning "print nothing". The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
/* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
default domain is used. */
const char *argp_domain;
};
/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceding options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
TEXT is NULL for this key. */
/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
suppressed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
struct argp_child
{
/* The child parser. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Flags for this child. */
int flags;
/* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
printing a header string, use a value of "". */
const char *header;
/* Where to group the child options relative to the other ("consolidated")
options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
(merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
int group;
};
/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
struct argp_state
{
/* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
const struct argp *root_argp;
/* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
int argc;
char **argv;
/* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
int next;
/* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
unsigned flags;
/* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
arguments that have been processed. */
unsigned arg_num;
/* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
'--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
int quoted;
/* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
void *input;
/* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
the number of children for the current parser. */
void **child_inputs;
/* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
void *hook;
/* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
char *name;
/* Streams used when argp prints something. */
FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
};
/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
convenient for program command line parsing): */
/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
in a command line. */
#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
be handled. */
#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
/* Use the gnu getopt "long-only" rules for parsing arguments. */
#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
/* Global variables. */
/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
program_invocation_short_name are available */
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
#endif
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
#endif
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
extern const char *argp_program_version;
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
struct argp_state *__restrict
__state);
/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
"Report bugs to ADDR." */
extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
/* Flags for argp_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a "Try ... for more help" message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
error message has already been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
(ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
more specific error message has been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
| ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
char *__name);
/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
them *not* to exit, and should return an appropriate error after calling
them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
#if _LIBC
/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
#endif
/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help"
message, then exit (1). */
extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
*parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
#if _LIBC
/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
options array. */
extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
#if !_LIBC || defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# if !_LIBC
# define __argp_usage argp_usage
# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# define ARGP_EI _GL_INLINE
# endif
# endif
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. */
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI __inline__
# elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_EI inline
# endif
# endif
ARGP_EI void
__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
{
__argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
return 0;
else
{
int __key = __opt->key;
return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
}
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
}
# if !_LIBC
# undef __argp_usage
# undef __argp_state_help
# undef __option_is_short
# undef __option_is_end
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
# endif
#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* argp.h */

34
grub-core/gnulib/asnprintf.c
View file

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

75
grub-core/gnulib/basename-lgpl.c
View file

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

39
grub-core/gnulib/btowc.c
View file

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}

684
grub-core/gnulib/config.charset
View file

@ -1,684 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows)
#
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1131 darwin
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin
# PT154 glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd* | os2*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
openbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
# useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
# Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
# and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
# when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
# file names are in US-ASCII.
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "CP866 CP866"
echo "CP949 CP949"
echo "CP1131 CP1131"
echo "CP1251 CP1251"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "GB2312 GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "Big5 BIG5"
echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8"
echo "PT154 PT154"
#echo "ISCII-DEV ?"
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos* | haiku*)
# BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

86
grub-core/gnulib/dirname-lgpl.c
View file

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Return NULL on failure.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
mdir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
if (!dir)
return NULL;
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}

46
grub-core/gnulib/dirname.h
View file

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include "dosname.h"
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
# endif
# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
char *base_name (char const *file);
char *dir_name (char const *file);
# endif
char *mdir_name (char const *file);
size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

53
grub-core/gnulib/dosname.h
View file

@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
#define _DOSNAME_H
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || \
defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
/* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
letters use ASCII. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
<= 'z' - 'a')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
# ifndef __CYGWIN__
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
# endif
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#else
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
#endif
#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
(ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
#endif
#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */

279
grub-core/gnulib/errno.in.h
View file

@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 122
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 111
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 121
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 134
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 104
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 132
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 129
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 117
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 106
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 105
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EINPROGRESS
# define EINPROGRESS 112
# define EALREADY 103
# define ENOTSOCK 128
# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
# define EMSGSIZE 115
# define EPROTOTYPE 136
# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
# define EADDRINUSE 100
# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
# define ENETDOWN 116
# define ENETUNREACH 118
# define ECONNRESET 108
# define ENOBUFS 119
# define EISCONN 113
# define ENOTCONN 126
# define ETIMEDOUT 138
# define ECONNREFUSED 107
# define ELOOP 114
# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
# endif
# ifndef ETXTBSY
# define ETXTBSY 139
# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
# endif
/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
in <winsock2.h>. */
# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EDQUOT 10069
# define ESTALE 10070
# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
# endif
/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
errno values from the system. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 2000
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 2001
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 2002
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 2003
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EMULTIHOP
# define EMULTIHOP 2004
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 2005
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 2006
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 2007
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 2011
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 2012
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ESTALE
# define ESTALE 2009
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
# endif
# ifndef EDQUOT
# define EDQUOT 2010
# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 2008
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
defined. */
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# if defined __sun
/* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 58
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
/* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 43
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
# else
/* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# endif
# else
# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
# endif
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EILSEQ
# define EILSEQ 2015
# define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
# endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */

401
grub-core/gnulib/error.c
View file

@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#if !_LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
# include "gettext.h"
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stdint.h>
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
# include <limits.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
# undef putc
# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else /* not _LIBC */
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# endif
/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file. */
# undef fcntl
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
char *strerror_r ();
# else
int strerror_r ();
# endif
# endif
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
name of the executing program. */
extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
#if !_LIBC
/* Return non-zero if FD is open. */
static int
is_open (int fd)
{
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
F_GETFL. */
return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
# else
# ifndef F_GETFL
# error Please port fcntl to your platform
# endif
return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL);
# endif
}
#endif
static void
flush_stdout (void)
{
#if !_LIBC
int stdout_fd;
# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
/* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
fileno (stdout) == 1
whenever stdout is open. */
stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
# else
/* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified. But in
practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory. */
stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
# endif
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
}
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
#endif
}
static void
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
#if _LIBC
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
bool use_malloc = false;
while (1)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
len *= 2;
}
if (res == (size_t) -1)
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
if (use_malloc)
free (wmessage);
}
else
#endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
#else
putc ('\n', stderr);
#endif
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
void
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
#endif
}
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
#endif
}
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#else
fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#endif
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif

65
grub-core/gnulib/error.h
View file

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'. */
extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4));
extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 5, 6));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */

147
grub-core/gnulib/float+.h
View file

@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
#define _FLOATPLUS_H
#include <float.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
"hidden bit". */
#if FLT_RADIX == 2
# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
#endif
/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */
#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
the exponent's sign. */
#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
(FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
(DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
(LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
exponent, and the sign. */
#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems,
'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */
#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */
typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */

33
grub-core/gnulib/float.c
View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
#elif defined __i386__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
#else
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

188
grub-core/gnulib/float.in.h
View file

@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
/* A correct <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
/* 'long double' properties. */
#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>. */
#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
wrong.
On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
#endif
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
It is not easy to define:
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
is too small, whereas
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
Also, I can't get values larger than
#define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
#define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
or through a pointer cast
#define LDBL_MAX \
(*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
#endif
/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
are wrong. */
#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
# if defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
# endif
#endif
#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
of glibc 2.7. */
extern
# ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
# endif
void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */

350
grub-core/gnulib/fnmatch.c
View file

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
# define __builtin_expect(expr, expected) (expr)
#endif
#include <fnmatch.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT \
(HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_BTOWC && HAVE_ISWCTYPE \
&& HAVE_WMEMCHR && (HAVE_WMEMCPY || HAVE_WMEMPCPY))
/* For platform which support the ISO C amendment 1 functionality we
support user defined character classes. */
#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
# include <wctype.h>
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
but there is no interface to get this information in general. Therefore
we support a correct implementation only in glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
# include "../locale/elem-hash.h"
# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
# define fnmatch __fnmatch
extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set. */
#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug
in the library. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU
# if ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
# define isblank(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
# endif
# define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
and the functions from ISO C amendment 1. */
# ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
# else
/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
problem. Use a reasonable default value. */
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
# endif
# ifdef _LIBC
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
# else
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
# endif
# ifdef _LIBC
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) __iswctype (WC, WT)
# else
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) iswctype (WC, WT)
# endif
# if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling. */
# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1
# endif
# else
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, 'xdigit'. */
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \
(STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \
|| STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \
|| STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \
|| STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \
|| STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \
|| STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
# endif
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
whose names are inconsistent. */
/* Global variable. */
static int posixly_correct;
# ifndef internal_function
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
environments simply ignore the marking. */
# define internal_function
# endif
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR char
# define UCHAR unsigned char
# define INT int
# define FCT internal_fnmatch
# define EXT ext_match
# define END end_pattern
# define L_(CS) CS
# ifdef _LIBC
# define BTOWC(C) __btowc (C)
# else
# define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
# endif
# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# if HAVE_MEMPCPY
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
# endif
# endif
# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR wchar_t
# define UCHAR wint_t
# define INT wint_t
# define FCT internal_fnwmatch
# define EXT ext_wmatch
# define END end_wpattern
# define L_(CS) L##CS
# define BTOWC(C) (C)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
# if HAVE_WMEMPCPY
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
# else
# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N))
# endif
# endif
# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
# define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
# undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string. But
we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
string to a multibyte character string. */
static wctype_t
is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
{
char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
char *cp = s;
do
{
/* Test for a printable character from the portable character set. */
# ifdef _LIBC
if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
|| *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
return (wctype_t) 0;
# else
switch (*wcs)
{
case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
case L'?':
case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
case L'Z':
case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
break;
default:
return (wctype_t) 0;
}
# endif
/* Avoid overrunning the buffer. */
if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
return (wctype_t) 0;
*cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
}
while (*wcs != L'\0');
*cp = '\0';
# ifdef _LIBC
return __wctype (s);
# else
return wctype (s);
# endif
}
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
# endif
int
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
{
# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1)
{
mbstate_t ps;
size_t patsize;
size_t strsize;
size_t totsize;
wchar_t *wpattern;
wchar_t *wstring;
int res;
/* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to
wide characters. */
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (patsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
totsize = patsize + strsize;
if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
&& totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
/* Allocate room for the wide characters. */
if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
}
wstring = wpattern + patsize;
/* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
free (wpattern);
return res;
}
}
}
# endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
}
# ifdef _LIBC
# undef fnmatch
versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
# if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
# endif
libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
# endif
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */

67
grub-core/gnulib/fnmatch.in.h
View file

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2013 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FNMATCH_H
#define _FNMATCH_H 1
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
(HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
#undef FNM_PERIOD
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to 'fnmatch'. */
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match '/'. */
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading '.' is matched only explicitly. */
#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */
# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore '/...' after a match. */
# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
# define FNM_EXTMATCH (1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
#endif
/* Value returned by 'fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
'fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be
returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
to be defined. */
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
# define FNM_NOSYS (-1)
#endif
/* Match NAME against the file name pattern PATTERN,
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
extern int fnmatch (const char *__pattern, const char *__name,
int __flags)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* fnmatch.h */

1219
grub-core/gnulib/fnmatch_loop.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

135
grub-core/gnulib/getdelim.c
View file

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-1998, 2001, 2003, 2005-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at
your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Ported from glibc by Simon Josefsson. */
/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc
optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below. */
#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef flockfile
# undef funlockfile
# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#else
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc_unlocked(fp)
#endif
/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and
NUL-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or
NULL), pointing to *N characters of space. It is realloc'ed as
necessary. Returns the number of characters read (not including
the null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */
ssize_t
getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
{
ssize_t result;
size_t cur_len = 0;
if (lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
flockfile (fp);
if (*lineptr == NULL || *n == 0)
{
char *new_lineptr;
*n = 120;
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
}
for (;;)
{
int i;
i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp);
if (i == EOF)
{
result = -1;
break;
}
/* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes. */
if (cur_len + 1 >= *n)
{
size_t needed_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1; /* Be generous. */
char *new_lineptr;
if (needed_max < needed)
needed = needed_max;
if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
{
result = -1;
errno = EOVERFLOW;
goto unlock_return;
}
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
*n = needed;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = i;
cur_len++;
if (i == delimiter)
break;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0';
result = cur_len ? cur_len : result;
unlock_return:
funlockfile (fp); /* doesn't set errno */
return result;
}

27
grub-core/gnulib/getline.c
View file

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
/* getline.c --- Implementation of replacement getline function.
Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at
your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson. */
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
ssize_t
getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
{
return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
}

1245
grub-core/gnulib/getopt.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

255
grub-core/gnulib/getopt.in.h
View file

@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. We must
also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
<getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough. */
#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
#ifndef __need_getopt
# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in this header. When this happens, include the
headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
confusion if included after this file (if the system had <getopt.h>,
we have already included it). Then systematically rename
identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
linkers. */
#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# define __need_system_stdlib_h
# include <stdlib.h>
# undef __need_system_stdlib_h
# include <stdio.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# endif
# undef __need_getopt
# undef getopt
# undef getopt_long
# undef getopt_long_only
# undef optarg
# undef opterr
# undef optind
# undef optopt
# undef option
# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
#endif
/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes
with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
__need_getopt.
The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
the conditional as follows:
*/
#if !defined __need_getopt
# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
# else
# define __getopt_argv_const const
# endif
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifndef __THROW
# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
# endif
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# endif
#endif
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
#ifndef __need_getopt
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field 'has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
returns the contents of the 'val' field. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
struct option
{
const char *name;
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
# endif
/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'. */
# define no_argument 0
# define required_argument 1
# define optional_argument 2
#endif /* need getopt */
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
'getopt'. If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
the environment, then do not permute arguments. */
extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
#ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
#undef __need_getopt
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */

170
grub-core/gnulib/getopt1.c
View file

@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987-1994, 1996-1998, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <getopt.h>
#else
# include <config.h>
# include "getopt.h"
#endif
#include "getopt_int.h"
#include <stdio.h>
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 0, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
0, d, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 1, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
1, d, 0);
}
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static const struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

135
grub-core/gnulib/getopt_int.h
View file

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/* Internal declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
#include <getopt.h>
extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
vectors at the same time. */
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
If the caller did not specify anything,
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
This is what Unix does.
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using '+' as the first character
of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we
scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
that were not written to expect this.
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
with character code 1. Using '-' as the first character of the
list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
of the value of 'ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
'--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC. */
enum __ord
{
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
};
/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
struct _getopt_data
{
/* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
versions of getopt. */
int optind;
int opterr;
int optopt;
char *optarg;
/* Internal members. */
/* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
int __initialized;
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
in which the last option character we returned was found.
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
char *__nextchar;
/* See __ord above. */
enum __ord __ordering;
/* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
or getopt was called. */
int __posixly_correct;
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
been skipped. 'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
int __first_nonopt;
int __last_nonopt;
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
int __nonoption_flags_len;
#endif
};
/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
int __posixly_correct);
extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
#endif /* getopt_int.h */

288
grub-core/gnulib/gettext.h
View file

@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) \
dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
# endif
#else
/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
is OK. */
#if defined(__sun)
# include <locale.h>
#endif
/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
<libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
# include <cstdlib>
# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
# endif
#endif
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
# undef dcgettext
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 \
? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
: ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
# undef dngettext
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef dcngettext
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef textdomain
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# undef bindtextdomain
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override. */
#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
# undef setlocale
# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
short and rarely need to change.
The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
return msgid;
else
return translation;
}
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
const char *translation =
dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
else
return translation;
}
/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
less efficient than those above. */
#include <string.h>
#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
/* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
#else
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
#endif
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
return translation;
}
return msgid;
}
#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
return translation;
}
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
}
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

319
grub-core/gnulib/intprops.h
View file

@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
#include <limits.h>
/* Return an integer value, converted to the same type as the integer
expression E after integer type promotion. V is the unconverted value. */
#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) + (v))
/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>. */
#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) - (v))
/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0. */
/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type. bool counts as
an integer. */
#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
/* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
respectively. Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
people like to be portable to all possible C hosts. */
#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
/* True if the signed integer expression E uses two's complement. */
#define _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(e) (~ _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0) == -1)
/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
/* Return 1 if the integer expression E, after integer promotion, has
a signed type. */
#define _GL_INT_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions. These
macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
your host. */
/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. */
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) 0 \
: TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 \
: ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)))
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) -1 \
: ((((t) 1 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
after integer promotion. E should not have side effects. */
#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e) \
(_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
? - _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT (e) - _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
: _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
(_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
: _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
(((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (sizeof ((e) + 0) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
/* Return 1 if the __typeof__ keyword works. This could be done by
'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand. */
#if 2 <= __GNUC__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
#else
# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
#endif
/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed. Return 0
if it is definitely unsigned. This macro does not evaluate its argument,
and expands to an integer constant expression. */
#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
#else
# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
#endif
/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
value representable in B bits. log10 (2.0) < 146/485. The
smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621. */
#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
a minus sign if needed.
Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 0 when its argument is
signed, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes. */
#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
(INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT \
- _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \
+ _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
including the terminating null. */
#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
/* Range overflow checks.
The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to
arithmetic overflow. They do not rely on undefined or
implementation-defined behavior. Their implementations are simple
and straightforward, but they are a bit harder to use than the
INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below.
Example usage:
long int i = ...;
long int j = ...;
if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
printf ("multiply would overflow");
else
printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
so the arguments should not have side effects. The arithmetic
arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX. Unsigned types should
use a zero MIN of the proper type.
These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX. For commutative
operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B. */
/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) - (b) \
: (max) - (b) < (a))
/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? (max) + (b) < (a) \
: (a) < (min) + (b))
/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max) \
((min) < 0 \
? (a) < - (max) \
: 0 < (a))
/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Avoid && and || as they tickle
bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>. */
#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? ((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (max) / (b) \
: (b) == -1 \
? 0 \
: (min) / (b) < (a)) \
: (b) == 0 \
? 0 \
: ((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) / (b) \
: (max) / (b) < (a)))
/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero. */
#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero.
Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
as an overflow too. */
#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
not be of the same type as the other arguments. The C standard says that
behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
restrictions. */
#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) >> (b) \
: (max) >> (b) < (a))
/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
*_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
(e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX. Instead, they assume
that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type. */
#define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) \
: (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b) \
: (a) + (b) < (b))
#define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
: (a) < 0 ? 1 \
: (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a) \
: (a) < (b))
#define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
(((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a)))) \
|| INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1 \
: (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b) \
: (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
type. A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type. Normally (A %
-B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow. */
#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max) \
(((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) \
? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max) \
? (a) \
: (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1)) \
: (a) % - (b)) \
== 0)
/* Integer overflow checks.
The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
They work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
Example usage:
long int i = ...;
long int j = ...;
if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (i, j))
printf ("multiply would overflow");
else
printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
arguments should not have side effects.
These macros are tuned for their last argument being a constant.
Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively. */
#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
_GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow,
where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
Arguments should be free of side effects. */
#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow) \
op_result_overflow (a, b, \
_GL_INT_MINIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)), \
_GL_INT_MAXIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)))
#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */

28
grub-core/gnulib/itold.c
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
void
_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
{
/* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'. */
*result = (double) a;
}

176
grub-core/gnulib/langinfo.in.h
View file

@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
/* Substitute for and wrapper around <langinfo.h>.
Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/*
* POSIX <langinfo.h> for platforms that lack it or have an incomplete one.
* <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/langinfo.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#if @HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LANGINFO_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
#if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
/* A platform that lacks <langinfo.h>. */
/* Assume that it also lacks <nl_types.h> and the nl_item type. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_nl_item
typedef int nl_item;
# define GNULIB_defined_nl_item 1
# endif
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
# define CODESET 10000
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
# define RADIXCHAR 10001
# define THOUSEP 10002
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category */
# define D_T_FMT 10003
# define D_FMT 10004
# define T_FMT 10005
# define T_FMT_AMPM 10006
# define AM_STR 10007
# define PM_STR 10008
# define DAY_1 10009
# define DAY_2 (DAY_1 + 1)
# define DAY_3 (DAY_1 + 2)
# define DAY_4 (DAY_1 + 3)
# define DAY_5 (DAY_1 + 4)
# define DAY_6 (DAY_1 + 5)
# define DAY_7 (DAY_1 + 6)
# define ABDAY_1 10016
# define ABDAY_2 (ABDAY_1 + 1)
# define ABDAY_3 (ABDAY_1 + 2)
# define ABDAY_4 (ABDAY_1 + 3)
# define ABDAY_5 (ABDAY_1 + 4)
# define ABDAY_6 (ABDAY_1 + 5)
# define ABDAY_7 (ABDAY_1 + 6)
# define MON_1 10023
# define MON_2 (MON_1 + 1)
# define MON_3 (MON_1 + 2)
# define MON_4 (MON_1 + 3)
# define MON_5 (MON_1 + 4)
# define MON_6 (MON_1 + 5)
# define MON_7 (MON_1 + 6)
# define MON_8 (MON_1 + 7)
# define MON_9 (MON_1 + 8)
# define MON_10 (MON_1 + 9)
# define MON_11 (MON_1 + 10)
# define MON_12 (MON_1 + 11)
# define ABMON_1 10035
# define ABMON_2 (ABMON_1 + 1)
# define ABMON_3 (ABMON_1 + 2)
# define ABMON_4 (ABMON_1 + 3)
# define ABMON_5 (ABMON_1 + 4)
# define ABMON_6 (ABMON_1 + 5)
# define ABMON_7 (ABMON_1 + 6)
# define ABMON_8 (ABMON_1 + 7)
# define ABMON_9 (ABMON_1 + 8)
# define ABMON_10 (ABMON_1 + 9)
# define ABMON_11 (ABMON_1 + 10)
# define ABMON_12 (ABMON_1 + 11)
# define ERA 10047
# define ERA_D_FMT 10048
# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
# define ERA_T_FMT 10050
# define ALT_DIGITS 10051
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category */
# define CRNCYSTR 10052
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category */
# define YESEXPR 10053
# define NOEXPR 10054
#else
/* A platform that has <langinfo.h>. */
# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET@
# define CODESET 10000
# define GNULIB_defined_CODESET 1
# endif
# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM@
# define T_FMT_AMPM 10006
# define GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM 1
# endif
# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA@
# define ERA 10047
# define ERA_D_FMT 10048
# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
# define ERA_T_FMT 10050
# define ALT_DIGITS 10051
# define GNULIB_defined_ERA 1
# endif
# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR@
# define YESEXPR 10053
# define NOEXPR 10054
# define GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR 1
# endif
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Declare overridden functions. */
/* Return a piece of locale dependent information.
Note: The difference between nl_langinfo (CODESET) and locale_charset ()
is that the latter normalizes the encoding names to GNU conventions. */
#if @GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO@
# if @REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef nl_langinfo
# define nl_langinfo rpl_nl_langinfo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
# else
# if !@HAVE_NL_LANGINFO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nl_langinfo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef nl_langinfo
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_NL_LANGINFO
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (nl_langinfo, "nl_langinfo is not portable - "
"use gnulib module nl_langinfo for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */

553
grub-core/gnulib/localcharset.c
View file

@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "localcharset.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
#endif
#if defined __EMX__
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
# ifndef OS2
# define OS2
# endif
#endif
#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
# include <unistd.h>
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if 0 /* see comment below */
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# endif
#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#if defined OS2
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
#endif
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
/* Get LIBDIR. */
#ifndef LIBDIR
# include "configmake.h"
#endif
/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist. */
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc getc_unlocked
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
#if __STDC__ != 1
# define volatile /* empty */
#endif
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
read, else NULL. Its format is:
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases (void)
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
const char *dir;
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL)
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
int fd;
/* Open the file. Reject symbolic links on platforms that support
O_NOFOLLOW. This is a security feature. Without it, an attacker
could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the
first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing
a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in
some writable directory and defining the environment variable
CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory. */
fd = open (file_name,
O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
if (fd < 0)
/* File not found. Treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
FILE *fp;
fp = fdopen (fd, "r");
if (fp == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
close (fd);
cp = "";
}
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
for (;;)
{
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
size_t l1, l2;
char *old_res_ptr;
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
free (old_res_ptr);
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
}
free (file_name);
}
#else
# if defined DARWIN7
/* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many
GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --,
simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
"ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0"
"CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0"
"CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0"
"CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0"
"CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0"
"eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0"
"Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0"
"GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0"
"PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0"
/*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/
"*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
# endif
# if defined VMS
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
/* Japanese */
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
/* Chinese */
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
/* Korean */
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
# endif
# if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
# endif
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
}
return cp;
}
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset (void)
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#if !(defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2)
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
returns "US-ASCII". Return the suffix of the locale name from the
environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
{
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
}
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
number: GetACP(). This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user
has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few
people do).
Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font). Cygwin does
this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
converting to GetConsoleOutputCP(). This leads to correct results,
except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
in use. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
}
# endif
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
const char *locale = NULL;
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
# endif
#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
number: GetACP().
When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
encoding is the best bet. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#elif defined OS2
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
ULONG cp[3];
ULONG cplen;
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
with standard language environment variables. */
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
}
else
{
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
codeset = "";
else
{
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
codeset = buf;
}
}
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
codeset = "";
/* Resolve alias. */
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
codeset = "ASCII";
#ifdef DARWIN7
/* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8"
(the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1. */
if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX <= 1)
codeset = "ASCII";
#endif
return codeset;
}

40
grub-core/gnulib/localcharset.h
View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */

216
grub-core/gnulib/locale.in.h
View file

@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
/* A POSIX <locale.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#ifdef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
/* Special invocation conventions to handle Solaris header files
(through Solaris 10) when combined with gettext's libintl.h. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
#else
/* Normal invocation convention. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Mac OS X 10.5 defines the locale_t type in <xlocale.h>. */
#if @HAVE_XLOCALE_H@
# include <xlocale.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is specified in POSIX, but not in ISO C.
On systems that don't define it, use the same value as GNU libintl. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* Bionic libc's 'struct lconv' is just a dummy. */
#if @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
# define lconv rpl_lconv
struct lconv
{
/* All 'char *' are actually 'const char *'. */
/* Members that depend on the LC_NUMERIC category of the locale. See
<http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_04> */
/* Symbol used as decimal point. */
char *decimal_point;
/* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
point. */
char *thousands_sep;
/* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
point. */
char *grouping;
/* Members that depend on the LC_MONETARY category of the locale. See
<http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_03> */
/* Symbol used as decimal point. */
char *mon_decimal_point;
/* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
point. */
char *mon_thousands_sep;
/* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
point. */
char *mon_grouping;
/* Sign used to indicate a value >= 0. */
char *positive_sign;
/* Sign used to indicate a value < 0. */
char *negative_sign;
/* For formatting local currency. */
/* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character). */
char *currency_symbol;
/* Number of digits after the decimal point. */
char frac_digits;
/* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
comes after the number. */
char p_cs_precedes;
/* For values >= 0: Position of the sign. */
char p_sign_posn;
/* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
number. */
char p_sep_by_space;
/* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
comes after the number. */
char n_cs_precedes;
/* For values < 0: Position of the sign. */
char n_sign_posn;
/* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
number. */
char n_sep_by_space;
/* For formatting international currency. */
/* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character). */
char *int_curr_symbol;
/* Number of digits after the decimal point. */
char int_frac_digits;
/* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
comes after the number. */
char int_p_cs_precedes;
/* For values >= 0: Position of the sign. */
char int_p_sign_posn;
/* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
number. */
char int_p_sep_by_space;
/* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
comes after the number. */
char int_n_cs_precedes;
/* For values < 0: Position of the sign. */
char int_n_sign_posn;
/* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
number. */
char int_n_sep_by_space;
};
#endif
#if @GNULIB_LOCALECONV@
# if @REPLACE_LOCALECONV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef localeconv
# define localeconv rpl_localeconv
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localeconv);
#elif @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
# undef localeconv
# define localeconv localeconv_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_localeconv
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef localeconv
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOCALECONV
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (localeconv,
"localeconv returns too few information on some platforms - "
"use gnulib module localeconv for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_SETLOCALE@
# if @REPLACE_SETLOCALE@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef setlocale
# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
# define GNULIB_defined_setlocale 1
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setlocale);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef setlocale
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETLOCALE
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setlocale, "setlocale works differently on native Windows - "
"use gnulib module setlocale for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_DUPLOCALE@
# if @REPLACE_DUPLOCALE@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef duplocale
# define duplocale rpl_duplocale
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
# else
# if @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
# endif
# endif
# if @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (duplocale);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef duplocale
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUPLOCALE
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (duplocale, "duplocale is buggy on some glibc systems - "
"use gnulib module duplocale for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */
#endif /* ! _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */

103
grub-core/gnulib/localeconv.c
View file

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/* Query locale dependent information for formatting numbers.
Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <locale.h>
#if HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT
/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' lacks the int_p_*, int_n_*
members. */
struct lconv *
localeconv (void)
{
static struct lconv result;
# undef lconv
# undef localeconv
struct lconv *sys_result = localeconv ();
result.decimal_point = sys_result->decimal_point;
result.thousands_sep = sys_result->thousands_sep;
result.grouping = sys_result->grouping;
result.mon_decimal_point = sys_result->mon_decimal_point;
result.mon_thousands_sep = sys_result->mon_thousands_sep;
result.mon_grouping = sys_result->mon_grouping;
result.positive_sign = sys_result->positive_sign;
result.negative_sign = sys_result->negative_sign;
result.currency_symbol = sys_result->currency_symbol;
result.frac_digits = sys_result->frac_digits;
result.p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
result.p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
result.p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
result.n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
result.n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
result.n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
result.int_curr_symbol = sys_result->int_curr_symbol;
result.int_frac_digits = sys_result->int_frac_digits;
result.int_p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
result.int_p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
result.int_p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
result.int_n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
result.int_n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
result.int_n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
return &result;
}
#else
/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' is a dummy. */
# include <limits.h>
struct lconv *
localeconv (void)
{
static /*const*/ struct lconv result =
{
/* decimal_point */ ".",
/* thousands_sep */ "",
/* grouping */ "",
/* mon_decimal_point */ "",
/* mon_thousands_sep */ "",
/* mon_grouping */ "",
/* positive_sign */ "",
/* negative_sign */ "",
/* currency_symbol */ "",
/* frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
/* p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
/* p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
/* p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
/* n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
/* n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
/* n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_curr_symbol */ "",
/* int_frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
/* int_n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX
};
return &result;
}
#endif

56
grub-core/gnulib/malloc.c
View file

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
/* Only the AC_FUNC_MALLOC macro defines 'malloc' already in config.h. */
#ifdef malloc
# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
# undef malloc
/* Whereas the gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */
#elif GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
void *
rpl_malloc (size_t n)
{
void *result;
#if NEED_MALLOC_GNU
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
#endif
result = malloc (n);
#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
if (result == NULL)
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
return result;
}

402
grub-core/gnulib/mbrtowc.c
View file

@ -1,402 +0,0 @@
/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
/* Implement mbrtowc() on top of mbtowc(). */
# include <errno.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "localcharset.h"
# include "streq.h"
# include "verify.h"
verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4);
static char internal_state[4];
size_t
mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
{
char *pstate = (char *)ps;
if (s == NULL)
{
pwc = NULL;
s = "";
n = 1;
}
if (n == 0)
return (size_t)(-2);
/* Here n > 0. */
if (pstate == NULL)
pstate = internal_state;
{
size_t nstate = pstate[0];
char buf[4];
const char *p;
size_t m;
switch (nstate)
{
case 0:
p = s;
m = n;
break;
case 3:
buf[2] = pstate[3];
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case 2:
buf[1] = pstate[2];
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case 1:
buf[0] = pstate[1];
p = buf;
m = nstate;
buf[m++] = s[0];
if (n >= 2 && m < 4)
{
buf[m++] = s[1];
if (n >= 3 && m < 4)
buf[m++] = s[2];
}
break;
default:
errno = EINVAL;
return (size_t)(-1);
}
/* Here m > 0. */
# if __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__
/* Work around bug <http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9674> */
mbtowc (NULL, NULL, 0);
# endif
{
int res = mbtowc (pwc, p, m);
if (res >= 0)
{
if (pwc != NULL && ((*pwc == 0) != (res == 0)))
abort ();
if (nstate >= (res > 0 ? res : 1))
abort ();
res -= nstate;
pstate[0] = 0;
return res;
}
/* mbtowc does not distinguish between invalid and incomplete multibyte
sequences. But mbrtowc needs to make this distinction.
There are two possible approaches:
- Use iconv() and its return value.
- Use built-in knowledge about the possible encodings.
Given the low quality of implementation of iconv() on the systems that
lack mbrtowc(), we use the second approach.
The possible encodings are:
- 8-bit encodings,
- EUC-JP, EUC-KR, GB2312, EUC-TW, BIG5, GB18030, SJIS,
- UTF-8.
Use specialized code for each. */
if (m >= 4 || m >= MB_CUR_MAX)
goto invalid;
/* Here MB_CUR_MAX > 1 and 0 < m < 4. */
{
const char *encoding = locale_charset ();
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0, 0))
{
/* Cf. unistr/u8-mblen.c. */
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if (c >= 0xc2)
{
if (c < 0xe0)
{
if (m == 1)
goto incomplete;
}
else if (c < 0xf0)
{
if (m == 1)
goto incomplete;
if (m == 2)
{
unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
&& (c >= 0xe1 || c2 >= 0xa0)
&& (c != 0xed || c2 < 0xa0))
goto incomplete;
}
}
else if (c <= 0xf4)
{
if (m == 1)
goto incomplete;
else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
{
unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
&& (c >= 0xf1 || c2 >= 0x90)
&& (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && c2 < 0x90)))
{
if (m == 2)
goto incomplete;
else /* m == 3 */
{
unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
if ((c3 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
goto incomplete;
}
}
}
}
}
goto invalid;
}
/* As a reference for this code, you can use the GNU libiconv
implementation. Look for uses of the RET_TOOFEW macro. */
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0))
{
if (m == 1)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e || c == 0x8f)
goto incomplete;
}
if (m == 2)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if (c == 0x8f)
{
unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
if (c2 >= 0xa1 && c2 < 0xff)
goto incomplete;
}
}
goto invalid;
}
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
|| STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0)
|| STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
{
if (m == 1)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if (c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff)
goto incomplete;
}
goto invalid;
}
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0))
{
if (m == 1)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e)
goto incomplete;
}
else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if (c == 0x8e)
goto incomplete;
}
goto invalid;
}
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
"GB18030", 'G', 'B', '1', '8', '0', '3', '0', 0, 0))
{
if (m == 1)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if ((c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3) || (c >= 0xf8 && c <= 0xfe))
goto incomplete;
}
else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if (c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3)
{
unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
if (c2 >= 0x30 && c2 <= 0x39)
{
if (m == 2)
goto incomplete;
else /* m == 3 */
{
unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
if (c3 >= 0x81 && c3 <= 0xfe)
goto incomplete;
}
}
}
}
goto invalid;
}
if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "SJIS", 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
{
if (m == 1)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
if ((c >= 0x81 && c <= 0x9f) || (c >= 0xe0 && c <= 0xea)
|| (c >= 0xf0 && c <= 0xf9))
goto incomplete;
}
goto invalid;
}
/* An unknown multibyte encoding. */
goto incomplete;
}
incomplete:
{
size_t k = nstate;
/* Here 0 <= k < m < 4. */
pstate[++k] = s[0];
if (k < m)
{
pstate[++k] = s[1];
if (k < m)
pstate[++k] = s[2];
}
if (k != m)
abort ();
}
pstate[0] = m;
return (size_t)(-2);
invalid:
errno = EILSEQ;
/* The conversion state is undefined, says POSIX. */
return (size_t)(-1);
}
}
}
#else
/* Override the system's mbrtowc() function. */
# undef mbrtowc
size_t
rpl_mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
{
# if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG || MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
if (s == NULL)
{
pwc = NULL;
s = "";
n = 1;
}
# endif
# if MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
{
static mbstate_t internal_state;
/* Override mbrtowc's internal state. We cannot call mbsinit() on the
hidden internal state, but we can call it on our variable. */
if (ps == NULL)
ps = &internal_state;
if (!mbsinit (ps))
{
/* Parse the rest of the multibyte character byte for byte. */
size_t count = 0;
for (; n > 0; s++, n--)
{
wchar_t wc;
size_t ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, 1, ps);
if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
return (size_t)(-1);
count++;
if (ret != (size_t)(-2))
{
/* The multibyte character has been completed. */
if (pwc != NULL)
*pwc = wc;
return (wc == 0 ? 0 : count);
}
}
return (size_t)(-2);
}
}
# endif
# if MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG
{
wchar_t wc;
size_t ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, n, ps);
if (ret != (size_t)(-1) && ret != (size_t)(-2))
{
if (pwc != NULL)
*pwc = wc;
if (wc == 0)
ret = 0;
}
return ret;
}
# else
{
# if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG1_BUG
wchar_t dummy;
if (pwc == NULL)
pwc = &dummy;
# endif
return mbrtowc (pwc, s, n, ps);
}
# endif
}
#endif

61
grub-core/gnulib/mbsinit.c
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* Test for initial conversion state.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include "verify.h"
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows, 'mbstate_t' is defined as 'int'. */
int
mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps)
{
return ps == NULL || *ps == 0;
}
#else
/* Platforms that lack mbsinit() also lack mbrlen(), mbrtowc(), mbsrtowcs()
and wcrtomb(), wcsrtombs().
We assume that
- sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4,
- only stateless encodings are supported (such as UTF-8 and EUC-JP, but
not ISO-2022 variants),
- for each encoding, the number of bytes for a wide character is <= 4.
(This maximum is attained for UTF-8, GB18030, EUC-TW.)
We define the meaning of mbstate_t as follows:
- In mb -> wc direction, mbstate_t's first byte contains the number of
buffered bytes (in the range 0..3), followed by up to 3 buffered bytes.
- In wc -> mb direction, mbstate_t contains no information. In other
words, it is always in the initial state. */
verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4);
int
mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps)
{
const char *pstate = (const char *)ps;
return pstate == NULL || pstate[0] == 0;
}
#endif

122
grub-core/gnulib/mbsrtowcs-impl.h
View file

@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
/* Convert string to wide string.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
size_t
mbsrtowcs (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps)
{
if (ps == NULL)
ps = &_gl_mbsrtowcs_state;
{
const char *src = *srcp;
if (dest != NULL)
{
wchar_t *destptr = dest;
for (; len > 0; destptr++, len--)
{
size_t src_avail;
size_t ret;
/* An optimized variant of
src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX); */
if (src[0] == '\0')
src_avail = 1;
else if (src[1] == '\0')
src_avail = 2;
else if (src[2] == '\0')
src_avail = 3;
else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0')
src_avail = 4;
else
src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4);
/* Parse the next multibyte character. */
ret = mbrtowc (destptr, src, src_avail, ps);
if (ret == (size_t)(-2))
/* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte
or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes. Cannot happen. */
abort ();
if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
goto bad_input;
if (ret == 0)
{
src = NULL;
/* Here mbsinit (ps). */
break;
}
src += ret;
}
*srcp = src;
return destptr - dest;
}
else
{
/* Ignore dest and len, don't store *srcp at the end, and
don't clobber *ps. */
mbstate_t state = *ps;
size_t totalcount = 0;
for (;; totalcount++)
{
size_t src_avail;
size_t ret;
/* An optimized variant of
src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX); */
if (src[0] == '\0')
src_avail = 1;
else if (src[1] == '\0')
src_avail = 2;
else if (src[2] == '\0')
src_avail = 3;
else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0')
src_avail = 4;
else
src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4);
/* Parse the next multibyte character. */
ret = mbrtowc (NULL, src, src_avail, &state);
if (ret == (size_t)(-2))
/* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte
or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes. Cannot happen. */
abort ();
if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
goto bad_input2;
if (ret == 0)
{
/* Here mbsinit (&state). */
break;
}
src += ret;
}
return totalcount;
}
bad_input:
*srcp = src;
bad_input2:
errno = EILSEQ;
return (size_t)(-1);
}
}

37
grub-core/gnulib/mbsrtowcs-state.c
View file

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/* Convert string to wide string.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <wchar.h>
/* Internal state used by the functions mbsrtowcs() and mbsnrtowcs(). */
mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state
/* The state must initially be in the "initial state"; so, zero-initialize it.
On most systems, putting it into BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3,
see <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>.
When it needs an initializer, use 0 or {0} as initializer? 0 only works
when mbstate_t is a scalar type (such as when gnulib defines it, or on
AIX, IRIX, mingw). {0} works as an initializer in all cases: for a struct
or union type, but also for a scalar type (ISO C 99, 6.7.8.(11)). */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
/* Use braces, to be on the safe side. */
= { 0 }
#endif
;

32
grub-core/gnulib/mbsrtowcs.c
View file

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/* Convert string to wide string.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "strnlen1.h"
extern mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state;
#include "mbsrtowcs-impl.h"

199
grub-core/gnulib/mbswidth.c
View file

@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "mbswidth.h"
/* Get MB_CUR_MAX. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Get isprint(). */
#include <ctype.h>
/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth(). */
#include <wchar.h>
/* Get iswcntrl(). */
#include <wctype.h>
/* Get INT_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
character string pointed to by STRING. If a non-printable character
occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
the multibyte analogue of the wcswidth function. */
int
mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
{
return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
}
/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES. If a
non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
specified, -1 is returned. */
int
mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
{
const char *p = string;
const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
int width;
width = 0;
if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
{
while (p < plimit)
switch (*p)
{
case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
case '?':
case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
case 'Z':
case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
/* These characters are printable ASCII characters. */
p++;
width++;
break;
case '\0':
if (flags & MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL)
return width;
default:
/* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end. */
{
mbstate_t mbstate;
memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
do
{
wchar_t wc;
size_t bytes;
int w;
bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
/* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered. */
{
if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
{
p++;
width++;
break;
}
else
return -1;
}
if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
/* An incomplete multibyte character at the end. */
{
if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
{
p = plimit;
width++;
break;
}
else
return -1;
}
if (bytes == 0)
/* A null wide character was encountered. */
bytes = 1;
w = wcwidth (wc);
if (w >= 0)
/* A printable multibyte character. */
{
if (w > INT_MAX - width)
goto overflow;
width += w;
}
else
/* An unprintable multibyte character. */
if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
{
if (!iswcntrl (wc))
{
if (width == INT_MAX)
goto overflow;
width++;
}
}
else
return -1;
p += bytes;
}
while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
}
break;
}
return width;
}
while (p < plimit)
{
unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
if (c == 0 && (flags & MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL))
return width;
if (isprint (c))
{
if (width == INT_MAX)
goto overflow;
width++;
}
else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
{
if (!iscntrl (c))
{
if (width == INT_MAX)
goto overflow;
width++;
}
}
else
return -1;
}
return width;
overflow:
return INT_MAX;
}

63
grub-core/gnulib/mbswidth.h
View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Avoid a clash of our mbswidth() with a function of the same name defined
in UnixWare 7.1.1 <wchar.h>. We need this #include before the #define
below.
However, we don't want to #include <wchar.h> on all platforms because
- Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
<wchar.h>.
- BSD/OS 4.1 has a bug: <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included before
<wchar.h>. */
#if HAVE_DECL_MBSWIDTH_IN_WCHAR_H
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior. */
/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
character. Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1. */
#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
control characters and 1 otherwise. */
#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE 2
/* If this bit is set \0 is treated as the end of string.
Otherwise it's treated as a normal one column width character. */
#define MBSW_STOP_AT_NUL 4
/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING. */
#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
extern int mbswidth (const char *string, int flags);
/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
starting at BUF. */
extern int mbsnwidth (const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

44
grub-core/gnulib/mbtowc-impl.h
View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* We don't need a static internal state, because the encoding is not state
dependent, and when mbrtowc returns (size_t)(-2). we throw the result
away. */
int
mbtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
{
if (s == NULL)
return 0;
else
{
mbstate_t state;
wchar_t wc;
size_t result;
memset (&state, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
result = mbrtowc (&wc, s, n, &state);
if (result == (size_t)-1 || result == (size_t)-2)
{
errno = EILSEQ;
return -1;
}
if (pwc != NULL)
*pwc = wc;
return (wc == 0 ? 0 : result);
}
}

26
grub-core/gnulib/mbtowc.c
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#include "mbtowc-impl.h"

172
grub-core/gnulib/memchr.c
View file

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2013
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined _LIBC
# include <memcopy.h>
#else
# define reg_char char
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <bp-sym.h>
#else
# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
#endif
#undef __memchr
#ifdef _LIBC
# undef memchr
#endif
#ifndef weak_alias
# define __memchr memchr
#endif
/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
void *
__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
{
/* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
performance. */
typedef unsigned long int longword;
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const longword *longword_ptr;
longword repeated_one;
longword repeated_c;
unsigned reg_char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
--n, ++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
/* Compute auxiliary longword values:
repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
repeated_c has c in every byte. */
repeated_one = 0x01010101;
repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
if (8 < sizeof (longword))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
}
}
}
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
bytes in the longword in question are equal to c. We first use an xor
with repeated_c. This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
We compute tmp =
((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
That is, we perform the following operations:
1. Subtract repeated_one.
2. & ~longword1.
3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
Consider what happens in each byte:
- If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
to more significant bytes.
- If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
testing whether tmp is nonzero. */
while (n >= sizeof (longword))
{
longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
& (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
break;
longword_ptr++;
n -= sizeof (longword);
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
/* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian
machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. Choose code
that works in both cases. */
for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
{
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
}
return NULL;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
#endif

14
grub-core/gnulib/memchr.valgrind
View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr().
# POSIX states that when the character is found, memchr must not read extra
# bytes in an overestimated length (for example, where memchr is used to
# implement strnlen). However, we use a safe word read to provide a speedup.
{
memchr-value4
Memcheck:Value4
fun:rpl_memchr
}
{
memchr-value8
Memcheck:Value8
fun:rpl_memchr
}

28
grub-core/gnulib/mempcpy.c
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
last written byte. */
void *
mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
}

129
grub-core/gnulib/msvc-inval.c
View file

@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "msvc-inval.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
&& !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
/* Get _invalid_parameter_handler type and _set_invalid_parameter_handler
declaration. */
# include <stdlib.h>
# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
static void __cdecl
gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
const wchar_t *function,
const wchar_t *file,
unsigned int line,
uintptr_t dummy)
{
}
# else
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# if defined _MSC_VER
static void cdecl
gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
const wchar_t *function,
const wchar_t *file,
unsigned int line,
uintptr_t dummy)
{
RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
}
# else
/* An index to thread-local storage. */
static DWORD tls_index;
static int tls_initialized /* = 0 */;
/* Used as a fallback only. */
static struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread not_per_thread;
struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *
gl_msvc_inval_current (void)
{
if (!tls_initialized)
{
tls_index = TlsAlloc ();
tls_initialized = 1;
}
if (tls_index == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
/* TlsAlloc had failed. */
return &not_per_thread;
else
{
struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *pointer =
(struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *) TlsGetValue (tls_index);
if (pointer == NULL)
{
/* First call. Allocate a new 'struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread'. */
pointer =
(struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *)
malloc (sizeof (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread));
if (pointer == NULL)
/* Could not allocate memory. Use the global storage. */
pointer = &not_per_thread;
TlsSetValue (tls_index, pointer);
}
return pointer;
}
}
static void cdecl
gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
const wchar_t *function,
const wchar_t *file,
unsigned int line,
uintptr_t dummy)
{
struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *current = gl_msvc_inval_current ();
if (current->restart_valid)
longjmp (current->restart, 1);
else
/* An invalid parameter notification from outside the gnulib code.
Give the caller a chance to intervene. */
RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
}
# endif
# endif
static int gl_msvc_inval_initialized /* = 0 */;
void
gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void)
{
if (gl_msvc_inval_initialized == 0)
{
_set_invalid_parameter_handler (gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler);
gl_msvc_inval_initialized = 1;
}
}
#endif

222
grub-core/gnulib/msvc-inval.h
View file

@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _MSVC_INVAL_H
#define _MSVC_INVAL_H
/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
an invalid argument. But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
instead.
This file defines macros that turn such an invalid parameter notification
into a non-local exit. An error code can then be produced at the target
of this exit. You can thus write code like
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
<Code that can trigger an invalid parameter notification
but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
<Code that handles an invalid parameter notification
but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
This entire block expands to a single statement.
The handling of invalid parameters can be done in three ways:
* The default way, which is reasonable for programs (not libraries):
AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [DEFAULT_HANDLING])
* The way for libraries that make "hairy" calls (like close(-1), or
fclose(fp) where fileno(fp) is closed, or simply getdtablesize()):
AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
* The way for libraries that make no "hairy" calls:
AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
*/
#define DEFAULT_HANDLING 0
#define HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING 1
#define SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING 2
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
&& !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
/* A native Windows platform with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
and either DEFAULT_HANDLING or HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING. */
# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
/* Default handling. */
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that just returns.
Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */
extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
do \
{ \
gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \
if (1)
# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
else
# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
} \
while (0)
# else
/* Handling for hairy libraries. */
# include <excpt.h>
/* Gnulib can define its own status codes, as described in the page
"Raising Software Exceptions" on microsoft.com
<http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/het71c37.aspx>.
Our status codes are composed of
- 0xE0000000, mandatory for all user-defined status codes,
- 0x474E550, a API identifier ("GNU"),
- 0, 1, 2, ..., used to distinguish different status codes from the
same API. */
# define STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER (0xE0000000 + 0x474E550 + 0)
# if defined _MSC_VER
/* A compiler that supports __try/__except, as described in the page
"try-except statement" on microsoft.com
<http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/s58ftw19.aspx>.
With __try/__except, we can use the multithread-safe exception handling. */
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that raises a
software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER.
Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */
extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
do \
{ \
gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \
__try
# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
__except (GetExceptionCode () == STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER \
? EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER \
: EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH)
# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
} \
while (0)
# else
/* Any compiler.
We can only use setjmp/longjmp. */
# include <setjmp.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread
{
/* The restart that will resume execution at the code between
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL and DONE_MSVC_INVAL. It is enabled only between
TRY_MSVC_INVAL and CATCH_MSVC_INVAL. */
jmp_buf restart;
/* Tells whether the contents of restart is valid. */
int restart_valid;
};
/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that passes
control to the gl_msvc_inval_restart if it is valid, or raises a
software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER otherwise.
Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */
extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
/* Return a pointer to the per-thread data for the current thread. */
extern struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *gl_msvc_inval_current (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
do \
{ \
struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *msvc_inval_current; \
gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \
msvc_inval_current = gl_msvc_inval_current (); \
/* First, initialize gl_msvc_inval_restart. */ \
if (setjmp (msvc_inval_current->restart) == 0) \
{ \
/* Then, mark it as valid. */ \
msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 1;
# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
/* Execution completed. \
Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid. */ \
msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0; \
} \
else \
{ \
/* Execution triggered an invalid parameter notification. \
Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid. */ \
msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0;
# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
} \
} \
while (0)
# endif
# endif
#else
/* A platform that does not need to the invalid parameter handler,
or when SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING is desired. */
/* The braces here avoid GCC warnings like
"warning: suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else'". */
# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
do \
{ \
if (1)
# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
else
# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
} \
while (0)
#endif
#endif /* _MSVC_INVAL_H */

49
grub-core/gnulib/msvc-nothrow.c
View file

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
with MSVC runtime libraries.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "msvc-nothrow.h"
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#include "msvc-inval.h"
#undef _get_osfhandle
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
intptr_t
_gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd)
{
intptr_t result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = _get_osfhandle (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = (intptr_t) INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
#endif

43
grub-core/gnulib/msvc-nothrow.h
View file

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
with MSVC runtime libraries.
Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
#define _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
an invalid argument. But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
instead.
This file defines wrappers that turn such an invalid parameter notification
into an error code. */
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get original declaration of _get_osfhandle. */
# include <io.h>
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
/* Override _get_osfhandle. */
extern intptr_t _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd);
# define _get_osfhandle _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _MSVC_NOTHROW_H */

271
grub-core/gnulib/nl_langinfo.c
View file

@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
/* nl_langinfo() replacement: query locale dependent information.
Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <langinfo.h>
#if REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO
/* Override nl_langinfo with support for added nl_item values. */
# include <locale.h>
# include <string.h>
# undef nl_langinfo
char *
rpl_nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
{
switch (item)
{
# if GNULIB_defined_CODESET
case CODESET:
{
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
}
return "";
}
# endif
# if GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM
case T_FMT_AMPM:
return "%I:%M:%S %p";
# endif
# if GNULIB_defined_ERA
case ERA:
/* The format is not standardized. In glibc it is a sequence of strings
of the form "direction:offset:start_date:end_date:era_name:era_format"
with an empty string at the end. */
return "";
case ERA_D_FMT:
/* The %Ex conversion in strftime behaves like %x if the locale does not
have an alternative time format. */
item = D_FMT;
break;
case ERA_D_T_FMT:
/* The %Ec conversion in strftime behaves like %c if the locale does not
have an alternative time format. */
item = D_T_FMT;
break;
case ERA_T_FMT:
/* The %EX conversion in strftime behaves like %X if the locale does not
have an alternative time format. */
item = T_FMT;
break;
case ALT_DIGITS:
/* The format is not standardized. In glibc it is a sequence of 10
strings, appended in memory. */
return "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
# endif
# if GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR || !FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS
case YESEXPR:
return "^[yY]";
case NOEXPR:
return "^[nN]";
# endif
default:
break;
}
return nl_langinfo (item);
}
#else
/* Provide nl_langinfo from scratch. */
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Native Windows platforms. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
# include <windows.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# else
/* An old Unix platform without locales, such as Linux libc5 or BeOS. */
# endif
# include <locale.h>
char *
nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
{
switch (item)
{
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
case CODESET:
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
{
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as
a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
return buf;
}
# elif defined __BEOS__
return "UTF-8";
# else
return "ISO-8859-1";
# endif
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
case RADIXCHAR:
return localeconv () ->decimal_point;
case THOUSEP:
return localeconv () ->thousands_sep;
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category.
TODO: Really use the locale. */
case D_T_FMT:
case ERA_D_T_FMT:
return "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y";
case D_FMT:
case ERA_D_FMT:
return "%m/%d/%y";
case T_FMT:
case ERA_T_FMT:
return "%H:%M:%S";
case T_FMT_AMPM:
return "%I:%M:%S %p";
case AM_STR:
return "AM";
case PM_STR:
return "PM";
case DAY_1:
return "Sunday";
case DAY_2:
return "Monday";
case DAY_3:
return "Tuesday";
case DAY_4:
return "Wednesday";
case DAY_5:
return "Thursday";
case DAY_6:
return "Friday";
case DAY_7:
return "Saturday";
case ABDAY_1:
return "Sun";
case ABDAY_2:
return "Mon";
case ABDAY_3:
return "Tue";
case ABDAY_4:
return "Wed";
case ABDAY_5:
return "Thu";
case ABDAY_6:
return "Fri";
case ABDAY_7:
return "Sat";
case MON_1:
return "January";
case MON_2:
return "February";
case MON_3:
return "March";
case MON_4:
return "April";
case MON_5:
return "May";
case MON_6:
return "June";
case MON_7:
return "July";
case MON_8:
return "August";
case MON_9:
return "September";
case MON_10:
return "October";
case MON_11:
return "November";
case MON_12:
return "December";
case ABMON_1:
return "Jan";
case ABMON_2:
return "Feb";
case ABMON_3:
return "Mar";
case ABMON_4:
return "Apr";
case ABMON_5:
return "May";
case ABMON_6:
return "Jun";
case ABMON_7:
return "Jul";
case ABMON_8:
return "Aug";
case ABMON_9:
return "Sep";
case ABMON_10:
return "Oct";
case ABMON_11:
return "Nov";
case ABMON_12:
return "Dec";
case ERA:
return "";
case ALT_DIGITS:
return "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category
TODO: Really use the locale. */
case CRNCYSTR:
return "-";
/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category
TODO: Really use the locale. */
case YESEXPR:
return "^[yY]";
case NOEXPR:
return "^[nN]";
default:
return "";
}
}
#endif

187
grub-core/gnulib/printf-args.c
View file

@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include "printf-args.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
{
size_t i;
argument *ap;
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
switch (ap->type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_INT:
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
break;
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
break;
case TYPE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
ap->a.a_wide_char =
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int)
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
{
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
{
(wchar_t)'(',
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
(wchar_t)')',
(wchar_t)0
};
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
break;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
{
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
{
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
{
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
default:
/* Unknown type. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}

158
grub-core/gnulib/printf-args.h
View file

@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
#endif
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get wchar_t. */
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* Get wint_t. */
#if HAVE_WINT_T
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Argument types */
typedef enum
{
TYPE_NONE,
TYPE_SCHAR,
TYPE_UCHAR,
TYPE_SHORT,
TYPE_USHORT,
TYPE_INT,
TYPE_UINT,
TYPE_LONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGINT,
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
#endif
TYPE_DOUBLE,
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
TYPE_CHAR,
#if HAVE_WINT_T
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
#endif
TYPE_STRING,
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
#endif
TYPE_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
, TYPE_U8_STRING
, TYPE_U16_STRING
, TYPE_U32_STRING
#endif
} arg_type;
/* Polymorphic argument */
typedef struct
{
arg_type type;
union
{
signed char a_schar;
unsigned char a_uchar;
short a_short;
unsigned short a_ushort;
int a_int;
unsigned int a_uint;
long int a_longint;
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int a_longlongint;
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
#endif
float a_float;
double a_double;
long double a_longdouble;
int a_char;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
wint_t a_wide_char;
#endif
const char* a_string;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
#endif
void* a_pointer;
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
short * a_count_short_pointer;
int * a_count_int_pointer;
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
#endif
}
a;
}
argument;
/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
argument *arg;
argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
}
arguments;
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

638
grub-core/gnulib/printf-parse.c
View file

@ -1,638 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
in the format string are ASCII.
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
Depends on CHAR_T.
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
Depends on CHAR_T.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
#endif
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get intmax_t. */
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <inttypes.h>
# endif
#else
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* memcpy(). */
#include <string.h>
/* errno. */
#include <errno.h>
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
/* c_isascii(). */
# include "c-ctype.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
{
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
size_t max_width_length = 0;
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
d->count = 0;
d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
a->count = 0;
a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
{ \
size_t n = (_index_); \
if (n >= a_allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
argument *memory; \
\
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
if (a_allocated <= n) \
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
: malloc (memory_size)); \
if (memory == NULL) \
/* Out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \
memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \
a->arg = memory; \
} \
while (a->count <= n) \
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
goto error; \
}
while (*cp != '\0')
{
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
if (c == '%')
{
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
/* Initialize the next directive. */
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
dp->flags = 0;
dp->width_start = NULL;
dp->width_end = NULL;
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->precision_start = NULL;
dp->precision_end = NULL;
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
/* Read the flags. */
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == '\'')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '-')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '+')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == ' ')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '#')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '0')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
cp++;
}
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
else if (*cp == 'I')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
cp++;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Parse the field width. */
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->width_start = cp;
cp++;
dp->width_end = cp;
if (max_width_length < 1)
max_width_length = 1;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
size_t width_length;
dp->width_start = cp;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->width_end = cp;
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
if (max_width_length < width_length)
max_width_length = width_length;
}
/* Parse the precision. */
if (*cp == '.')
{
cp++;
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
cp++;
dp->precision_end = cp;
if (max_precision_length < 2)
max_precision_length = 2;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
later. */
goto error;
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else
{
size_t precision_length;
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->precision_end = cp;
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
max_precision_length = precision_length;
}
}
{
arg_type type;
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
{
int flags = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == 'h')
{
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'L')
{
flags |= 4;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'l')
{
flags += 8;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'j')
{
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* intmax_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* intmax_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
{
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* size_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* size_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 't')
{
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
/* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'q')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* int64_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* int64_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#endif
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* __int64 = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* __int64 = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp += 3;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Read the conversion character. */
c = *cp++;
switch (c)
{
case 'd': case 'i':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_SHORT;
else
type = TYPE_INT;
break;
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_USHORT;
else
type = TYPE_UINT;
break;
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
else
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
break;
case 'c':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WINT_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_CHAR;
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case 'C':
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
c = 'c';
break;
#endif
case 's':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_STRING;
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case 'S':
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
c = 's';
break;
#endif
case 'p':
type = TYPE_POINTER;
break;
case 'n':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
else
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
break;
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case 'U':
if (flags >= 16)
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
else if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
else
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
break;
#endif
case '%':
type = TYPE_NONE;
break;
default:
/* Unknown conversion character. */
goto error;
}
}
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
}
dp->conversion = c;
dp->dir_end = cp;
}
d->count++;
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
{
size_t memory_size;
DIRECTIVE *memory;
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
: malloc (memory_size));
if (memory == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
d->dir = memory;
}
}
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
else if (!c_isascii (c))
{
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
goto error;
}
#endif
}
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
return 0;
error:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
out_of_memory:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
#undef CHAR_T

193
grub-core/gnulib/printf-parse.h
View file

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
#endif
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
#endif
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive.
xxx_directives: A parsed format string. */
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const char* dir_start;
const char* dir_end;
int flags;
const char* width_start;
const char* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const char* precision_start;
const char* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
char_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
char_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
char_directives;
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint8_t* dir_start;
const uint8_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint8_t* width_start;
const uint8_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint8_t* precision_start;
const uint8_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u8_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u8_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u8_directives;
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint16_t* dir_start;
const uint16_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint16_t* width_start;
const uint16_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint16_t* precision_start;
const uint16_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u16_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u16_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u16_directives;
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint32_t* dir_start;
const uint32_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint32_t* width_start;
const uint32_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint32_t* precision_start;
const uint32_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u32_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u32_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u32_directives;
#endif
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
extern int
ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
extern int
u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a);
extern int
u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d,
arguments *a);
extern int
u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d,
arguments *a);
#else
# ifdef STATIC
STATIC
# else
extern
# endif
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

92
grub-core/gnulib/progname.c
View file

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE /* avoid defining set_program_name as a macro */
#include "progname.h"
#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* String containing name the program is called with.
To be initialized by main(). */
const char *program_name = NULL;
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
modified after this call. */
void
set_program_name (const char *argv0)
{
/* libtool creates a temporary executable whose name is sometimes prefixed
with "lt-" (depends on the platform). It also makes argv[0] absolute.
But the name of the temporary executable is a detail that should not be
visible to the end user and to the test suite.
Remove this "<dirname>/.libs/" or "<dirname>/.libs/lt-" prefix here. */
const char *slash;
const char *base;
/* Sanity check. POSIX requires the invoking process to pass a non-NULL
argv[0]. */
if (argv0 == NULL)
{
/* It's a bug in the invoking program. Help diagnosing it. */
fputs ("A NULL argv[0] was passed through an exec system call.\n",
stderr);
abort ();
}
slash = strrchr (argv0, '/');
base = (slash != NULL ? slash + 1 : argv0);
if (base - argv0 >= 7 && strncmp (base - 7, "/.libs/", 7) == 0)
{
argv0 = base;
if (strncmp (base, "lt-", 3) == 0)
{
argv0 = base + 3;
/* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
program_invocation_short_name. */
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
#endif
}
}
/* But don't strip off a leading <dirname>/ in general, because when the user
runs
/some/hidden/place/bin/cp foo foo
he should get the error message
/some/hidden/place/bin/cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
not
cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
*/
program_name = argv0;
/* On glibc systems, the error() function comes from libc and uses the
variable program_invocation_name, not program_name. So set this variable
as well. */
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = (char *) argv0;
#endif
}

62
grub-core/gnulib/progname.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PROGNAME_H
#define _PROGNAME_H
/* Programs using this file should do the following in main():
set_program_name (argv[0]);
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* String containing name the program is called with. */
extern const char *program_name;
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
modified after this call. */
extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0], and original installation prefix and
directory, for relocatability. */
extern void set_program_name_and_installdir (const char *argv0,
const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir);
#undef set_program_name
#define set_program_name(ARG0) \
set_program_name_and_installdir (ARG0, INSTALLPREFIX, INSTALLDIR)
/* Return the full pathname of the current executable, based on the earlier
call to set_program_name_and_installdir. Return NULL if unknown. */
extern char *get_full_program_name (void);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _PROGNAME_H */

136
grub-core/gnulib/rawmemchr.c
View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/* Searching in a string.
Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Find the first occurrence of C in S. */
void *
rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
{
/* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
performance. */
typedef unsigned long int longword;
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const longword *longword_ptr;
longword repeated_one;
longword repeated_c;
unsigned char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
(size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
/* Compute auxiliary longword values:
repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
repeated_c has c in every byte. */
repeated_one = 0x01010101;
repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
if (8 < sizeof (longword))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
}
}
}
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of
the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task
to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
We compute tmp =
((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
That is, we perform the following operations:
1. Subtract repeated_one.
2. & ~longword1.
3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
Consider what happens in each byte:
- If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
to more significant bytes.
- If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
C_IN is encountered. However, this is considered safe since the
initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
cause a fault. */
while (1)
{
longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
& (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
break;
longword_ptr++;
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
/* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian machines, we
could determine the first such byte without any further memory
accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines.
Choose code that works in both cases. */
char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (*char_ptr != c)
char_ptr++;
return (void *) char_ptr;
}

12
grub-core/gnulib/rawmemchr.valgrind
View file

@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr().
# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
{
rawmemchr-value4
Memcheck:Value4
fun:rawmemchr
}
{
rawmemchr-value8
Memcheck:Value8
fun:rawmemchr
}

79
grub-core/gnulib/realloc.c
View file

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
/* realloc() function that is glibc compatible.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
/* Only the AC_FUNC_REALLOC macro defines 'realloc' already in config.h. */
#ifdef realloc
# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1
/* Whereas the gnulib module 'realloc-gnu' defines HAVE_REALLOC_GNU. */
#elif GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_REALLOC_GNU
# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1
#endif
/* Infer the properties of the system's malloc function.
The gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */
#if GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
# define SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE 1
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL,
use malloc. */
void *
rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n)
{
void *result;
#if NEED_REALLOC_GNU
if (n == 0)
{
n = 1;
/* In theory realloc might fail, so don't rely on it to free. */
free (p);
p = NULL;
}
#endif
if (p == NULL)
{
#if GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !NEED_REALLOC_GNU && !SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
#endif
result = malloc (n);
}
else
result = realloc (p, n);
#if !HAVE_REALLOC_POSIX
if (result == NULL)
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
return result;
}

29
grub-core/gnulib/ref-add.sin
View file

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

24
grub-core/gnulib/ref-del.sin
View file

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

3913
grub-core/gnulib/regcomp.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

81
grub-core/gnulib/regex.c
View file

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
# if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
# endif
# if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-definition"
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
# endif
#endif
/* Make sure no one compiles this code with a C++ compiler. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to keep the namespace clean. */
# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
GNU regex allows. Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
#undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include "regex_internal.h"
#include "regex_internal.c"
#include "regcomp.c"
#include "regexec.c"
/* Binary backward compatibility. */
#if _LIBC
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
int re_max_failures = 2000;
# endif
#endif

667
grub-core/gnulib/regex.h
View file

@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
expression library.
Copyright (C) 1985, 1989-1993, 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _REGEX_H
#define _REGEX_H 1
#include <sys/types.h>
/* Allow the use in C++ code. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Define __USE_GNU to declare GNU extensions that violate the
POSIX name space rules. */
#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE
# define __USE_GNU 1
#endif
#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
unsigned byte offsets in memory. This currently works only when
the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
_REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS. */
/* The type of nonnegative object indexes. Traditionally, GNU regex
uses 'int' for these. Code that uses __re_idx_t should work
regardless of whether the type is signed. */
typedef size_t __re_idx_t;
/* The type of object sizes. */
typedef size_t __re_size_t;
/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
uses unsigned long int. */
typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
#else
/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
than INT_MAX. */
typedef int __re_idx_t;
typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
#endif
/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
wide enough to hold a value of a pointer. For most ANSI compilers
ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK. Still size of these two
types is 2 for Microsoft C. Ugh... */
typedef long int s_reg_t;
typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */
typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */
# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
literals.
If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */
# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are:
[:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
[:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
If not set, then character classes are not supported. */
# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
expressions, of course).
If this bit is not set, then it depends:
^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
$ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
before a close-group or an alternation operator.
This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
regardless of where they are in the pattern.
If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically,
* + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
open-group, or alternation operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
If not set, then it doesn't. */
# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
If not set, then it does. */
# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
If not set, they do. */
# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */
# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
If not set, they are. */
# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
If not set, newline is literal. */
# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then '{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
are literals.
If not set, then '\{...\}' defines an interval. */
# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */
# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */
# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */
# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
starting range point, the range is ignored. */
# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */
# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
without further backtracking. */
# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
a string of ordinary characters. For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
treated as 'a\{1'. */
# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
whether ^ should be special. */
# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in a regex or
immediately after an alternation, open-group or \} operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
re_compile_pattern. */
# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
#endif
/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
already-compiled regexps. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
(The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
don't delete them!) */
/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \
(RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \
| RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CHAR_CLASSES \
| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK \
((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \
| RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD) \
& ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \
(RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_GNU_OPS \
| RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \
(RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \
| RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \
(RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */
# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this
isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. POSIX-conforming
systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
value, so remove any previous define. */
# ifdef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
# endif
# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
# undef RE_DUP_MAX
# endif
/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
the counter as a 2-byte signed integer. This is no longer true, so
RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
((SIZE_MAX - 9) / 10) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
its historical value. */
# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
#endif
/* POSIX 'cflags' bits (i.e., information for 'regcomp'). */
/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */
#define REG_EXTENDED 1
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
characters in the string.
If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */
#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */
#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
/* POSIX 'eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */
/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
beginning of a line).
If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
beginning of the string. */
#define REG_NOTBOL 1
/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */
#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
buffer. */
#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
'__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c. */
typedef enum
{
_REG_ENOSYS = -1, /* This will never happen for this implementation. */
_REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */
_REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */
/* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the
standard.) */
_REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */
_REG_ECOLLATE, /* Invalid collating element. */
_REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */
_REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */
_REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */
_REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */
_REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */
_REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */
_REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */
_REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */
_REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */
_REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */
/* Error codes we've added. */
_REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */
_REG_ESIZE, /* Too large (e.g., repeat count too large). */
_REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */
} reg_errcode_t;
#if defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
# define REG_ENOSYS _REG_ENOSYS
#endif
#define REG_NOERROR _REG_NOERROR
#define REG_NOMATCH _REG_NOMATCH
#define REG_BADPAT _REG_BADPAT
#define REG_ECOLLATE _REG_ECOLLATE
#define REG_ECTYPE _REG_ECTYPE
#define REG_EESCAPE _REG_EESCAPE
#define REG_ESUBREG _REG_ESUBREG
#define REG_EBRACK _REG_EBRACK
#define REG_EPAREN _REG_EPAREN
#define REG_EBRACE _REG_EBRACE
#define REG_BADBR _REG_BADBR
#define REG_ERANGE _REG_ERANGE
#define REG_ESPACE _REG_ESPACE
#define REG_BADRPT _REG_BADRPT
#define REG_EEND _REG_EEND
#define REG_ESIZE _REG_ESIZE
#define REG_ERPAREN _REG_ERPAREN
/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling
the pattern compiler, the fields 'buffer', 'allocated', 'fastmap',
and 'translate' can be set. After the pattern has been compiled,
the fields 're_nsub', 'not_bol' and 'not_eol' are available. All
other fields are private to the regex routines. */
#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
# define __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
# ifdef __USE_GNU
# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) name
#else
# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) __##name
#endif
struct re_pattern_buffer
{
/* Space that holds the compiled pattern. The type
'struct re_dfa_t' is private and is not declared here. */
struct re_dfa_t *__REPB_PREFIX(buffer);
/* Number of bytes to which 'buffer' points. */
__re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(allocated);
/* Number of bytes actually used in 'buffer'. */
__re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(used);
/* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */
reg_syntax_t __REPB_PREFIX(syntax);
/* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses the
fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
for matches. */
char *__REPB_PREFIX(fastmap);
/* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation is
applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
is matched. */
__RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __REPB_PREFIX(translate);
/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */
size_t re_nsub;
/* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
Well, in truth it's used only in 're_search_2', to see whether or
not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
perfectly; see 're_compile_fastmap' (the "duplicate" case). */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(can_be_null) : 1;
/* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the 'regs' structure
for 'max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
# define REGS_FIXED 2
#endif
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(regs_allocated) : 2;
/* Set to zero when 're_compile_pattern' compiles a pattern; set to
one by 're_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(fastmap_accurate) : 1;
/* If set, 're_match_2' does not return information about
subexpressions. */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(no_sub) : 1;
/* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
of the string. */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_bol) : 1;
/* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_eol) : 1;
/* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */
unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(newline_anchor) : 1;
};
typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
/* Type for byte offsets within the string. POSIX mandates this. */
#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
/* POSIX 1003.1-2008 requires that regoff_t be at least as wide as
ptrdiff_t and ssize_t. We don't know of any hosts where ptrdiff_t
is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe. */
typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
#else
/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
than INT_MAX. */
typedef int regoff_t;
#endif
#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See
regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */
struct re_registers
{
__re_size_t num_regs;
regoff_t *start;
regoff_t *end;
};
/* If 'regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
're_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
the first time a 'regs' structure is passed. */
# ifndef RE_NREGS
# define RE_NREGS 30
# endif
#endif
/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than
're_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
structure of arrays. */
typedef struct
{
regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */
regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */
} regmatch_t;
/* Declarations for routines. */
#ifdef __USE_GNU
/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
You can also simply assign to the 're_syntax_options' variable. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
and syntax given by the global 're_syntax_options', into the buffer
BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.
To free the allocated storage, you must call 'regfree' on BUFFER.
Note that the translate table must either have been initialised by
'regcomp', with a malloc'ed value, or set to NULL before calling
'regfree'. */
extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
internal error. */
extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE
characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register
information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */
extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
__re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
struct re_registers *__regs);
/* Like 're_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */
extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
__re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_idx_t __stop);
/* Like 're_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */
extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
__re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs);
/* Relates to 're_match' as 're_search_2' relates to 're_search'. */
extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
__re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_idx_t __stop);
/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be
allocated with malloc, and must each be at least 'NUM_REGS * sizeof
(regoff_t)' bytes long.
If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
register data.
Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
freeing the old data. */
extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_size_t __num_regs,
regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
#endif /* Use GNU */
#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || (defined _LIBC && defined __USE_BSD)
# ifndef _CRAY
/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */
extern char *re_comp (const char *);
extern int re_exec (const char *);
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
different name. */
#ifndef _Restrict_
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define _Restrict_ restrict
# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
# define _Restrict_ __restrict
# else
# define _Restrict_
# endif
#endif
/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax. Don't trust
sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic. */
#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
|| ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) \
&& !defined __STRICT_ANSI__)) \
&& !defined __GNUG__)
# define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
# else
# define _Restrict_arr_
# endif
#endif
/* POSIX compatibility. */
extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
int __cflags);
extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
const char *_Restrict_ __string, size_t __nmatch,
regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_],
int __eflags);
extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* C++ */
#endif /* regex.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more